This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create tag 'WX_2_3_2'.

git-svn-id: https://svn.wxwidgets.org/svn/wx/wxWidgets/tags/WX_2_3_2@12987 c3d73ce0-8a6f-49c7-b76d-6d57e0e08775

.cvsignore

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+system.list
+bin
+.gdb_history
+Test
+config.cache
+configarg.cache
+config.status
+system.list
+linux.system.cache
+wx-config
+config.log
+linux-gnu.system.cache
+*.dsp
+*.dsw
+*.plg
+*.opt
+*.aps
+*.ncb
+*.pro
+*.opt
+*.d
+*.swp
+*.swo
+Release
+Debug
+ReleaseDLL
+DebugDLL
+UnivRelease
+UnivDebug
+BaseRelease
+BaseDebug
+robert
+stamp-h.in
+Makefile
+configure
+setup.h
+stamp-h
+libtool
+aclocal.m4
+base
+gtk
+motif
+win32
+univ
+univ-debug
+univ-release
+base-debug
+gtk-debug
+motif-debug
+win32-debug
+base-release
+gtk-release
+motif-release
+win32-release
+*tags
+log
+univtags.cmd

BuildCVS.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+                How to build the sources from CVS
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Please use the install.txt files in docs/gtk, docs/msw, docs/motif, docs/mac
+etc. alongside these instructions.
+
+I) Windows using plain makefiles
+----------------------------------------
+
+a) If using Microsoft Visual C++ 5.0 or 6.0
+
+Ensure that the command-line compiler and tools (including
+nmake) are installed and ready to run.  Depending on your
+installation there may be a batch file (named something like
+VCVARS32.BAT) that needs to be run to set correct environment
+varaibles and PATH entries.
+
+Continue with item c) below.
+
+
+b) If using the GNU Mingw32 or GNU Cygwin32 compilers
+
+You can get Mingw32 from  http://www.mingw.org
+
+Cygwin32 is available at  http://www.cygwin.com
+
+The makefile might have small problems with Cygwin's tools
+so it is recommended to use Mingw32 and its toolchain instead
+if possible.
+
+-> Set your path so that it includes the directory
+   where your compiler and tools reside
+
+-> If your are using an old Mingw32 version (gcc-2.95 or older),
+   you might need to fix some headers with the patches contained
+   in the wxWin\Mingw32-gcc295.patches file. PLEASE APPLY THESE
+   PATCHES BY HAND! There are apparently a few different versions
+   of the headers floating around. Note that these patches are
+   not needed if you are using Mingw32 gcc-2.95.2 or newer.
+  
+-> Edit wx/src/makeg95.env and set the MINGW32 variable at the top of
+   the file to either 1 (you have Mingw32) or 0 (you have Cygwin32).
+   If using MINGW32, also set the MINGW32VERSION variable
+   appropiately.
+
+
+c) Build instructions
+
+-> Assumming that you installed the wxWindows sources
+   into c:\wxWin
+-> Copy c:\wxWin\include\wx\msw\setup0.h
+   to   c:\wxWin\include\wx\msw\setup.h
+-> Edit c:\wxWin\include\wx\msw\setup.h so that
+   most features are enabled (i.e. defined to 1), for example:
+   #define wxUSE_ODBC          0
+   #define wxUSE_SOCKETS       1
+   #define wxUSE_HTML          1
+   #define wxUSE_THREADS       1
+   #define wxUSE_FS_INET       0
+   #define wxUSE_FS_ZIP        1
+   #define wxUSE_BUSYINFO      1
+   #define wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS  1
+   #define wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM     1
+   #define wxUSE_LIBJPEG       1
+   #define wxUSE_LIBPNG        1
+
+   and std iostreams are disabled with
+   #define wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM   0
+ 
+-> type: cd c:\wxWin\src\msw
+-> type: make -f makefile.g95  (if using GNU tools)
+or type: nmake -f makefile.vc   (if using MS VC++)
+
+
+II) Unix ports
+--------------
+
+Building wxGTK or wxMotif completely without configure
+won't ever work, but there is now a new makefile system
+that works without libtool and automake, using only
+configure to create what is needed.
+
+In order to create configure, you need to have the
+GNU autoconf package (version 2.13 or 2.14) installed
+on your system and type run "autoconf" in the base
+directory (or run the autogen.sh script in the same
+directory, which just calls autoconf).
+
+Set WXWIN environment variable to the base directory such
+as ~/wxWindows (this is actually not really needed).
+
+-> type: export WXWIN=~/wxWindows
+-> type: md mybuild
+-> type: cd mybuild
+-> type: ../configure --with-motif
+or type: ../configure --with-gtk
+-> type: make
+-> type: su <type root password>
+-> type: make install
+-> type: ldconfig
+-> type: exit
+
+Call configure with --disable-shared to create a static
+library. Calling "make uninstall" will remove the installed
+library and "make dist" will create a distribution (not
+yet complete).
+
+III) Windows using configure
+----------------------------------------
+
+Take a look at Unix->Windows cross compiling. With minor
+modifications, this should work in Windows if you've got the cygnus
+utilities (bash, GNU make, etc) and either mingw32 or cygwin32 installed.
+See http://www.cygnus.com for these programs, or go straight to their
+ftp server at ftp://sourceware.cygnus.com/pub/cygwin/.
+
+Of course, you can also build the library using plain makefiles (see
+section I).
+
+IV) Classic MacOS using CodeWarrior (eg MacOS 8.x/9.x)
+----------------------------------------
+
+Refer to the readme.txt and install.txt files in docs/mac to build
+wxWindows under Classic Mac OS using CodeWarrior.
+
+If you are checking out the CVS sources using cvs under Mac OS X and
+compiling under Classic Mac OS:
+
+- make sure that all text files have a Mac OS type of 'TEXT' otherwise
+  CodeWarrior may ignore them. Checking out the CVS sources using cvs
+  under Mac OS X creates untyped files which can lead to compilation
+  errors under CodeWarrior which are hard to track down.
+
+- convert the xml files to CodeWarrior binary projects using the supplied
+  AppleScript in docs/mac (M5xml2mcp.applescript for CodeWarrior 5.3)
+
+V) MacOS X using configure and the Developer Tools
+----------------------------------------
+
+You need to have the Developer Tools installed. If this is not the case,
+you will need to register at the Apple Developer web site (this is a free
+registration) in order to download the Developer Tools installer.
+
+In order to create configure, you need to have the
+GNU autoconf package (version 2.13 or 2.14) installed
+on your system and type run "autoconf" in the base
+directory (or run the autogen.sh script in the same
+directory, which just calls autoconf).
+
+-> type: mkdir macbuild
+-> type: cd macbuild
+-> type: ../configure --with-mac
+or type: ../configure
+-> type: make
+
+VI) OS/2
+----------------------------------------
+
+VII) Unix->Windows cross-compiling using configure
+--------------------------------------------------
+
+First you'll need a cross-compiler; linux glibc binaries of mingw32 and
+cygwin32 (both based on egcs) can be found at
+ftp://ftp.objsw.com/pub/crossgcc/linux-x-win32. Alternative binaries,
+based on the latest MinGW release can be found at
+http://members.telering.at/jessich/mingw/mingwcross/mingw_cross.html 
+Otherwise you can compile one yourself.
+
+[ A Note about cygwin32 and mingw32: the main difference is that cygwin32
+binaries are always linked against cygwin.dll. This dll encapsulates most
+standard Unix C extensions, which is very handy if you're porting unix
+software to windows. However, wxMSW doesn't need this, so mingw32 is
+preferable if you write portable C(++). ]
+
+You might want to build both Unix and Windows binaries in the same source
+tree; to do this make subdirs for each e.g. unix and win32. If you've
+already build wxWindows in the main dir, do a 'make distclean' there,
+otherwise configure will get confused. (In any case, read the section 'Unix
+using configure' and make sure you're able to build a native wxWindows
+library; cross-compiling errors can be pretty obscure and you'll want to be
+sure that your configure setup is basically sound.)
+
+To cross compile the windows library, do
+-> cd win32
+(or whatever you called it)
+Now run configure. There are two ways to do this
+-> ../configure --host=i586-mingw32 --build=i586-linux --with-mingw
+where --build= should read whatever platform you're building on. Configure
+will notice that build and host platforms differ, and automatically prepend
+i586-mingw32- to gcc, ar, ld, etc (make sure they're in the PATH!).
+The other way to run configure is by specifying the names of the binaries
+yourself:
+-> CC=i586-mingw32-gcc CXX=i586-mingw32-g++ RANLIB=i586-mingw32-ranlib \
+   DLLTOOL=i586-mingw32-dlltool LD=i586-mingw32-ld NM=i586-mingw32-nm \
+   ../configure --host=i586-mingw32 --with-mingw
+
+(all assuming you're using mingw32)
+By default this will compile a DLL, if you want a static library,
+specify --disable-shared.
+
+Type
+-> make
+and wait, wait, wait. Don't leave the room, because the minute you do there
+will be a compile error :-)
+
+NB: if you are using a very old compiler you risk to get quite a few warnings
+    about "ANSI C++ forbids implicit conversion from 'void *'" in all places
+    where va_arg macro is used. This is due to a bug in (some versions of)
+    mingw32 headers which may be corrected by upgrading your compier,
+    otherwise you might edit the file
+
+    ${install_prefix}/lib/gcc-lib/i586-mingw32/egcs-2.91.57/include/stdarg.h
+
+    (instead of egcs-2.91.57 you may have something different), searching for
+    the lines
+
+/* Define __gnuc_va_list.  */
+
+#ifndef __GNUC_VA_LIST
+#define __GNUC_VA_LIST
+#if defined(__svr4__) || defined(_AIX) || defined(_M_UNIX) || defined(__NetBSD__)
+typedef char *__gnuc_va_list;
+#else
+typedef void *__gnuc_va_list;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+    and adding "|| defined(_WIN32)" to the list of platforms on which
+    __gnuc_va_list is char *.
+
+If this is successful, you end up with a wx23_2.dll/libwx23_2.a in win32/lib
+( or just libwx_msw.a if you opted for a static build ).
+Now try building the minimal sample:
+
+-> cd samples/minimal
+-> make
+
+and run it with wine, for example (or copy to a Windows box)
+-> wine minimal.exe
+
+If all is well, do an install; from win32
+-> make install
+
+Native and cross-compiled installations can co-exist peacefully
+(as long as their widget sets differ), except for wx-config. You might
+want to rename the cross-compiled one to i586-mingw32-wx-config, or something.
+
+Cross-compiling TODO:
+---------------------
+- resource compiling must be done manually for now (should/can we link the
+default wx resources into libwx_msw.a?) [ No we can't; the linker won't
+link it in... you have to supply an object file ]
+- static executables are HUGE -- there must be room for improvement.
+

Mingw32-gcc295.patches

@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+*** \gcc-inc\basetyps.h Sat Jul 31 16:48:36 1999
+--- basetyps.h Fri Aug 06 11:14:36 1999
+***************
+*** 74,91 ****
+--- 74,97 ----
+   STDMETHOD(Clone)(IENUM_THIS_(I) I**) PURE; \
+  }
+  #define DECLARE_ENUMERATOR(T) DECLARE_ENUMERATOR_(IEnum##T,T)
+
++ #ifndef GUID_DEFINED
++ #define GUID_DEFINED
+  typedef struct _GUID
+  {
+      unsigned long Data1;
+      unsigned short Data2;
+      unsigned short Data3;
+      unsigned char Data4[8];
+  } GUID;
++ #endif /* GUID_DEFINED */
+  typedef GUID *REFGUID;
+  typedef GUID *LPGUID;
++ #ifndef UUID_DEFINED
++ #define UUID_DEFINED
+  typedef GUID UUID;
++ #endif /* UUID_DEFINED */
+  typedef GUID IID;
+  typedef GUID CLSID;
+  typedef CLSID *LPCLSID;
+  typedef IID *LPIID;
+
+
+*** \gcc-inc\oaidl.h Sat Jul 31 16:48:42 1999
+--- oaidl.h Fri Aug 06 13:18:48 1999
+***************
+*** 39,44 ****
+--- 39,53 ----
+  #define IMPLTYPEFLAG_FRESTRICTED 4
+  #define IMPLTYPEFLAG_FDEFAULTVTABLE 8
+
++ #define DISPID_UNKNOWN ( -1 )
++ #define DISPID_VALUE ( 0 )
++ #define DISPID_PROPERTYPUT ( -3 )
++ #define DISPID_NEWENUM ( -4 )
++ #define DISPID_EVALUATE ( -5 )
++ #define DISPID_CONSTRUCTOR ( -6 )
++ #define DISPID_DESTRUCTOR ( -7 )
++ #define DISPID_COLLECT ( -8 )
++
+  typedef interface ITypeLib *LPTYPELIB;
+  typedef interface ICreateTypeInfo *LPCREATETYPEINFO;
+  typedef interface ICreateTypeInfo2 *LPCREATETYPEINFO2;
+***************
+*** 49,54 ****
+--- 58,73 ----
+  typedef interface IDispatch *LPDISPATCH;
+  typedef interface ICreateErrorInfo *LPCREATEERRORINFO;
+
++ extern "C" const IID IID_ITypeLib;
++ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateTypeInfo;
++ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateTypeInfo2;
++ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateTypeLib;
++ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateTypeLib2;
++ extern "C" const IID IID_ITypeInfo;
++ extern "C" const IID IID_IErrorInfo;
++ extern "C" const IID IID_IDispatch;
++ extern "C" const IID IID_ICreateErrorInfo;
++
+  typedef enum tagSYSKIND {
+   SYS_WIN16,SYS_WIN32,SYS_MAC
+  } SYSKIND;
+***************
+*** 375,382 ****
+   STDMETHOD_(ULONG,Release)(THIS) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(GetTypeInfoCount)(THIS_ UINT*) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(GetTypeInfo)(THIS_ UINT,LCID,LPTYPEINFO*) PURE;
+!  STDMETHOD(GetIDsOfNames)(THIS_ REFIID,LPOLESTR*,UINT,LCID,DISPID)
+PURE;
+!  STDMETHOD(Invoked)(THIS_ DISPID,REFIID,LCID,WORD,DISPPARAMS*,VARIANT*,EXCEPINFO*,UINT*) PURE;
+  };
+
+  #ifdef __cplusplus
+--- 394,401 ----
+   STDMETHOD_(ULONG,Release)(THIS) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(GetTypeInfoCount)(THIS_ UINT*) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(GetTypeInfo)(THIS_ UINT,LCID,LPTYPEINFO*) PURE;
+!  STDMETHOD(GetIDsOfNames)(THIS_ REFIID,LPOLESTR*,UINT,LCID,DISPID*)
+PURE;
+!  STDMETHOD(Invoke)(THIS_ DISPID,REFIID,LCID,WORD,DISPPARAMS*,VARIANT*,EXCEPINFO*,UINT*) PURE;
+  };
+
+  #ifdef __cplusplus
+
+
+*** \gcc-inc\objidl.h Sat Jul 31 16:48:42 1999
+--- objidl.h Fri Aug 06 11:00:19 1999
+***************
+*** 627,633 ****
+   STDMETHOD(QueryGetData)(THIS_ FORMATETC*) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(GetCanonicalFormatEtc)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,FORMATETC*) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(SetData)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,STGMEDIUM*,BOOL) PURE;
+!  STDMETHOD(EnumFormatEtc)(THIS_ DWORD,IEnumFORMATETC*) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(DAdvise)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,DWORD,IAdviseSink*,PDWORD) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(DUnadvise)(THIS_ DWORD) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(EnumDAdvise)(THIS_ IEnumSTATDATA**);
+--- 627,633 ----
+   STDMETHOD(QueryGetData)(THIS_ FORMATETC*) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(GetCanonicalFormatEtc)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,FORMATETC*) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(SetData)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,STGMEDIUM*,BOOL) PURE;
+!  STDMETHOD(EnumFormatEtc)(THIS_ DWORD,IEnumFORMATETC**) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(DAdvise)(THIS_ FORMATETC*,DWORD,IAdviseSink*,PDWORD) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(DUnadvise)(THIS_ DWORD) PURE;
+   STDMETHOD(EnumDAdvise)(THIS_ IEnumSTATDATA**);
+
+
+--- i386-mingw32\include\stdio.h  Sun Aug  1 06:18:20 1999
++++ stdio.h     Sun Nov  7 03:41:40 1999
+@@ -203,9 +203,12 @@
+ int    fprintf (FILE* filePrintTo, const char* szFormat, ...);
+ int    printf (const char* szFormat, ...);
+ int    sprintf (char* caBuffer, const char* szFormat, ...);
++int     _snprintf (char* caBuffer, size_t n, const char* szFormat, ...);
+ int    vfprintf (FILE* filePrintTo, const char* szFormat, va_list varg);
+ int    vprintf (const char* szFormat, va_list varg);
+ int    vsprintf (char* caBuffer, const char* szFormat, va_list varg);
++int     _vsnprintf (char* caBuffer, size_t n, const char* szFormat,
++                    va_list varg);
+
+ /* Wide character versions */
+ int    fwprintf (FILE* filePrintTo, const wchar_t* wsFormat, ...);
+
+
+
+--- i386-mingw32\include\winbase.h  Sat Jul 31 17:48:48 1999
++++ winbase.h   Fri Feb 25 01:49:08 2000
+@@ -989,7 +989,7 @@
+ BOOL WINAPI CopyFileExW(LPCWSTR,LPCWSTR,LPPROGRESS_ROUTINE,LPVOID,LPBOOL,DWORD);
+ #define RtlMoveMemory memmove
+ #define RtlCopyMemory memcpy
+-#define RtlFillMemory memset
++#define RtlFillMemory(d,l,f) memset ((d),(f),(l))
+ #define RtlZeroMemory(d,l) memset((d),0,(l))
+ #define MoveMemory RtlMoveMemory
+ #define CopyMemory RtlCopyMemory
+
+--- i386-mingw32\include\winsock.h Sat Jul 31 17:48:50 1999
++++ winsock.h   Mon Mar 20 13:47:12 2000
+@@ -13,6 +13,10 @@
+ #define _GNU_H_WINDOWS32_SOCKETS
+ #include <windows.h>
+
++#ifdef __cplusplus
++extern "C" {
++#endif
++
+ #ifndef _SYS_TYPES_H
+ typedef unsigned char  u_char;
+ typedef unsigned short u_short;
+@@ -495,4 +499,9 @@
+ typedef struct timeval TIMEVAL;
+ typedef struct timeval *PTIMEVAL;
+ typedef struct timeval *LPTIMEVAL;
++
++#ifdef __cplusplus
++}
+ #endif
++#endif
++
+
+

aclocal.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
+dnl aclocal.m4 generated automatically by aclocal 1.4
+
+dnl Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-8, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+dnl but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+dnl even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+dnl PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+# Configure paths for GTK+
+# Owen Taylor     97-11-3
+
+dnl AM_PATH_GTK([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]]])
+dnl Test for GTK, and define GTK_CFLAGS and GTK_LIBS. Uses variables
+dnl gtk_config_prefix and/or gtk_config_exec_prefix if defined.
+AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_GTK,
+[
+  if test x$gtk_config_exec_prefix != x ; then
+     gtk_config_args="$gtk_config_args --exec-prefix=$gtk_config_exec_prefix"
+     if test x${GTK_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        GTK_CONFIG=$gtk_config_exec_prefix/bin/gtk-config
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test x$gtk_config_prefix != x ; then
+     gtk_config_args="$gtk_config_args --prefix=$gtk_config_prefix"
+     if test x${GTK_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        GTK_CONFIG=$gtk_config_prefix/bin/gtk-config
+     fi
+  fi
+
+  AC_PATH_PROG(GTK_CONFIG, gtk-config, no)
+  min_gtk_version=ifelse([$1], ,0.99.7,$1)
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING(for GTK - version >= $min_gtk_version)
+  no_gtk=""
+  if test "$GTK_CONFIG" != "no" ; then
+    GTK_CFLAGS=`$GTK_CONFIG --cflags`
+    GTK_LIBS=`$GTK_CONFIG --libs gthread`
+    ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+    ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GTK_CFLAGS"
+    LIBS="$LIBS $GTK_LIBS"
+dnl
+dnl Now check if the installed GTK is sufficiently new. (Also sanity
+dnl checks the results of gtk-config to some extent)
+dnl
+    AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+#include <gtk/gtkfeatures.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  int major, minor, micro;
+
+  if (sscanf("$min_gtk_version", "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, &micro) != 3) {
+     printf("%s, bad version string\n", "$min_gtk_version");
+     exit(1);
+   }
+
+   if ((GTK_MAJOR_VERSION != gtk_major_version) ||
+       (GTK_MINOR_VERSION != gtk_minor_version) ||
+       (GTK_MICRO_VERSION != gtk_micro_version)) {
+     printf("Headers vs. library version mismatch!\n");
+     exit(1);
+   }
+
+   if (gtk_minor_version == 1) return FALSE;
+
+   return !((gtk_major_version > major) ||
+    ((gtk_major_version == major) && (gtk_minor_version > minor)) ||
+    ((gtk_major_version == major) && (gtk_minor_version == minor) && (gtk_micro_version >= micro)));
+}
+],, no_gtk=yes,[echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"])
+     CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+     LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+  else
+     no_gtk=yes
+  fi
+  if test "x$no_gtk" = x ; then
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+     ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])
+  else
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+     GTK_CFLAGS=""
+     GTK_LIBS=""
+     ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST(GTK_CFLAGS)
+  AC_SUBST(GTK_LIBS)
+])
+
+dnl AM_PATH_GTK_2_0([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND [, MODULES]]]])
+dnl Test for GTK, and define GTK_CFLAGS and GTK_LIBS
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_GTK_2_0,
+[dnl
+dnl Get the cflags and libraries from the gtk-config-2.0 script
+dnl
+AC_ARG_WITH(gtk-prefix,[  --with-gtk-prefix=PFX   Prefix where GTK is installed (optional)],
+            gtk_config_prefix="$withval", gtk_config_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_WITH(gtk-exec-prefix,[  --with-gtk-exec-prefix=PFX Exec prefix where GTK is installed (optional)],
+            gtk_config_exec_prefix="$withval", gtk_config_exec_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(gtktest, [  --disable-gtktest       Do not try to compile and run a test GTK program],
+                    , enable_gtktest=yes)
+
+  for module in . $4
+  do
+      case "$module" in
+         gthread)
+             gtk_config_args="$gtk_config_args gthread"
+         ;;
+      esac
+  done
+
+  if test x$gtk_config_exec_prefix != x ; then
+     gtk_config_args="$gtk_config_args --exec-prefix=$gtk_config_exec_prefix"
+     if test x${GTK_CONFIG_2_0+set} != xset ; then
+        GTK_CONFIG_2_0=$gtk_config_exec_prefix/bin/gtk-config-2.0
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test x$gtk_config_prefix != x ; then
+     gtk_config_args="$gtk_config_args --prefix=$gtk_config_prefix"
+     if test x${GTK_CONFIG_2_0+set} != xset ; then
+        GTK_CONFIG_2_0=$gtk_config_prefix/bin/gtk-config-2.0
+     fi
+  fi
+
+  AC_PATH_PROG(GTK_CONFIG_2_0, gtk-config-2.0, no)
+  min_gtk_version=ifelse([$1], ,1.3.1,$1)
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING(for GTK - version >= $min_gtk_version)
+  no_gtk=""
+  if test "$GTK_CONFIG_2_0" = "no" ; then
+    no_gtk=yes
+  else
+    GTK_CFLAGS=`$GTK_CONFIG_2_0 $gtk_config_args --cflags`
+    GTK_LIBS=`$GTK_CONFIG_2_0 $gtk_config_args --libs`
+    gtk_config_major_version=`$GTK_CONFIG_2_0 $gtk_config_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+    gtk_config_minor_version=`$GTK_CONFIG_2_0 $gtk_config_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+    gtk_config_micro_version=`$GTK_CONFIG_2_0 $gtk_config_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
+    if test "x$enable_gtktest" = "xyes" ; then
+      ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+      ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GTK_CFLAGS"
+      LIBS="$GTK_LIBS $LIBS"
+dnl
+dnl Now check if the installed GTK is sufficiently new. (Also sanity
+dnl checks the results of gtk-config-2.0 to some extent
+dnl
+      rm -f conf.gtktest
+      AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  int major, minor, micro;
+  char *tmp_version;
+
+  system ("touch conf.gtktest");
+
+  /* HP/UX 9 (%@#!) writes to sscanf strings */
+  tmp_version = g_strdup("$min_gtk_version");
+  if (sscanf(tmp_version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, &micro) != 3) {
+     printf("%s, bad version string\n", "$min_gtk_version");
+     exit(1);
+   }
+
+  if ((gtk_major_version != $gtk_config_major_version) ||
+      (gtk_minor_version != $gtk_config_minor_version) ||
+      (gtk_micro_version != $gtk_config_micro_version))
+    {
+      printf("\n*** 'gtk-config-2.0 --version' returned %d.%d.%d, but GTK+ (%d.%d.%d)\n",
+             $gtk_config_major_version, $gtk_config_minor_version, $gtk_config_micro_version,
+             gtk_major_version, gtk_minor_version, gtk_micro_version);
+      printf ("*** was found! If gtk-config-2.0 was correct, then it is best\n");
+      printf ("*** to remove the old version of GTK+. You may also be able to fix the error\n");
+      printf("*** by modifying your LD_LIBRARY_PATH enviroment variable, or by editing\n");
+      printf("*** /etc/ld.so.conf. Make sure you have run ldconfig if that is\n");
+      printf("*** required on your system.\n");
+      printf("*** If gtk-config-2.0 was wrong, set the environment variable GTK_CONFIG_2_0\n");
+      printf("*** to point to the correct copy of gtk-config-2.0, and remove the file config.cache\n");
+      printf("*** before re-running configure\n");
+    }
+#if defined (GTK_MAJOR_VERSION) && defined (GTK_MINOR_VERSION) && defined (GTK_MICRO_VERSION)
+  else if ((gtk_major_version != GTK_MAJOR_VERSION) ||
+           (gtk_minor_version != GTK_MINOR_VERSION) ||
+           (gtk_micro_version != GTK_MICRO_VERSION))
+    {
+      printf("*** GTK+ header files (version %d.%d.%d) do not match\n",
+             GTK_MAJOR_VERSION, GTK_MINOR_VERSION, GTK_MICRO_VERSION);
+      printf("*** library (version %d.%d.%d)\n",
+             gtk_major_version, gtk_minor_version, gtk_micro_version);
+    }
+#endif /* defined (GTK_MAJOR_VERSION) ... */
+  else
+    {
+      if ((gtk_major_version > major) ||
+        ((gtk_major_version == major) && (gtk_minor_version > minor)) ||
+        ((gtk_major_version == major) && (gtk_minor_version == minor) && (gtk_micro_version >= micro)))
+      {
+        return 0;
+       }
+     else
+      {
+        printf("\n*** An old version of GTK+ (%d.%d.%d) was found.\n",
+               gtk_major_version, gtk_minor_version, gtk_micro_version);
+        printf("*** You need a version of GTK+ newer than %d.%d.%d. The latest version of\n",
+               major, minor, micro);
+        printf("*** GTK+ is always available from ftp://ftp.gtk.org.\n");
+        printf("***\n");
+        printf("*** If you have already installed a sufficiently new version, this error\n");
+        printf("*** probably means that the wrong copy of the gtk-config-2.0 shell script is\n");
+        printf("*** being found. The easiest way to fix this is to remove the old version\n");
+        printf("*** of GTK+, but you can also set the GTK_CONFIG_2_0 environment to point to the\n");
+        printf("*** correct copy of gtk-config-2.0. (In this case, you will have to\n");
+        printf("*** modify your LD_LIBRARY_PATH enviroment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf\n");
+        printf("*** so that the correct libraries are found at run-time))\n");
+      }
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+],, no_gtk=yes,[echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"])
+       CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+       LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test "x$no_gtk" = x ; then
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(yes (version $gtk_config_major_version.$gtk_config_minor_version.$gtk_config_micro_version))
+     ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])
+  else
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+     if test "$GTK_CONFIG_2_0" = "no" ; then
+       echo "*** The gtk-config-2.0 script installed by GTK could not be found"
+       echo "*** If GTK was installed in PREFIX, make sure PREFIX/bin is in"
+       echo "*** your path, or set the GTK_CONFIG_2_0 environment variable to the"
+       echo "*** full path to gtk-config-2.0."
+     else
+       if test -f conf.gtktest ; then
+        :
+       else
+          echo "*** Could not run GTK test program, checking why..."
+          CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GTK_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$LIBS $GTK_LIBS"
+          AC_TRY_LINK([
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+],      [ return ((gtk_major_version) || (gtk_minor_version) || (gtk_micro_version)); ],
+        [ echo "*** The test program compiled, but did not run. This usually means"
+          echo "*** that the run-time linker is not finding GTK or finding the wrong"
+          echo "*** version of GTK. If it is not finding GTK, you'll need to set your"
+          echo "*** LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf to point"
+          echo "*** to the installed location  Also, make sure you have run ldconfig if that"
+          echo "*** is required on your system"
+          echo "***"
+          echo "*** If you have an old version installed, it is best to remove it, although"
+          echo "*** you may also be able to get things to work by modifying LD_LIBRARY_PATH"
+          echo "***"
+          echo "*** If you have a RedHat 5.0 system, you should remove the GTK package that"
+          echo "*** came with the system with the command"
+          echo "***"
+          echo "***    rpm --erase --nodeps gtk gtk-devel" ],
+        [ echo "*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the"
+          echo "*** exact error that occured. This usually means GTK was incorrectly installed"
+          echo "*** or that you have moved GTK since it was installed. In the latter case, you"
+          echo "*** may want to edit the gtk-config-2.0 script: $GTK_CONFIG_2_0" ])
+          CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+       fi
+     fi
+     GTK_CFLAGS=""
+     GTK_LIBS=""
+     ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST(GTK_CFLAGS)
+  AC_SUBST(GTK_LIBS)
+  rm -f conf.gtktest
+])
+
+

autogen.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+autoconf

contrib/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+#
+# Makefile : Builds wxWindows utils for Unix.
+#
+
+all:
+	cd src; $(MAKE)
+
+clean:
+	cd src; $(MAKE) clean
+	cd samples; $(MAKE) clean
+	cd utils; $(MAKE) clean
+    
+
+samples:
+	cd samples; $(MAKE)

contrib/configure.in

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
+AC_REVISION($Id$)dnl
+
+AC_INIT(Makefile.in)
+
+dnl ---------------
+dnl MMedia specific
+dnl ---------------
+
+dnl Check for ESD
+
+ESD_LINK=
+AC_CHECK_HEADER(esd.h, [
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(esd, esd_close, [
+    ESD_LINK="-lesd"
+  ])
+])
+
+if test "$ESD_LINK" != "" ; then
+  echo "ESound detected"
+fi
+
+dnl -----------
+dnl Final subst
+
+PATH_IFS=$wx_cv_path_ifs
+WX_TARGET_LIBRARY=$wx_cv_target_library
+WX_TARGET_LIBRARY_TYPE=$wx_cv_target_libtype
+
+AC_SUBST(PATH_IFS)
+AC_SUBST(ESD_LINK)
+AC_SUBST(WX_TARGET_LIBRARY)
+AC_SUBST(WX_TARGET_LIBRARY_TYPE)
+
+dnl -----------
+dnl File output
+
+
+AC_OUTPUT([
+            src/Makefile
+            src/ogl/Makefile
+            src/mmedia/Makefile
+            src/stc/Makefile
+            src/xrc/Makefile
+            src/canvas/Makefile
+            src/gizmos/Makefile
+            src/plot/Makefile
+            src/applet/Makefile
+            src/fl/Makefile
+            src/net/Makefile
+            samples/Makefile
+            samples/mmedia/Makefile
+            samples/ogl/Makefile
+            samples/ogl/ogledit/Makefile
+            samples/ogl/studio/Makefile
+            samples/stc/Makefile
+            samples/canvas/Makefile
+            samples/canvas/test/Makefile
+            samples/canvas/simple/Makefile
+            samples/gizmos/Makefile
+            samples/gizmos/multicell/Makefile
+            samples/gizmos/splittree/Makefile
+            samples/gizmos/editlbox/Makefile
+            samples/gizmos/dynsash/Makefile
+            samples/gizmos/dynsash_switch/Makefile
+            samples/xrc/Makefile
+            samples/plot/Makefile
+            samples/applet/Makefile
+            samples/fl/Makefile
+            samples/fl/fl_demo1/Makefile
+            samples/fl/fl_demo2/Makefile
+            samples/fl/fl_sample1/Makefile
+            samples/fl/fl_sample2/Makefile
+            samples/fl/fl_sample3/Makefile
+            utils/Makefile
+            utils/wxrc/Makefile
+            utils/wxrcedit/Makefile
+            utils/convertrc/Makefile
+         ])

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/bugs.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+\chapter{Bugs}\label{bugs}%
+\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
+\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
+
+These are the known bugs.
+
+\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
+\item No bugs
+\end{itemize}

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/cdaudio.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/cdbase.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:12
+%
+
+\section{\class{wxCDAudio}}\label{wxcdaudio}
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+wxObject
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+{\small
+\begin{verbatim}
+typedef struct wxCDtime {
+  wxUint8 track
+};
+\end{verbatim}
+}
+{\small \begin{verbatim}
+typedef enum { PLAYING, PAUSED, STOPPED } CDstatus
+\end{verbatim}}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/cdaudlnx.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/cdunix.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:10
+%
+
+
+\section{\class{wxCDAudioLinux}}\label{wxcdaudiolinux}
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxCDAudio}{wxcdaudio}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::wxCDAudioLinux}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxwxcdaudiolinux}
+
+\func{}{wxCDAudioLinux}{\void}
+
+\func{}{wxCDAudioLinux}{\param{const char* }{dev\_name}}
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::\destruct{wxCDAudioLinux}}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxdtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxCDAudioLinux}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::Play}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxplay}
+
+\func{bool}{Play}{\param{const wxCDtime\& }{beg\_time}, \param{const wxCDtime\& }{end\_time}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::Pause}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxpause}
+
+\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::Resume}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxresume}
+
+\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::GetStatus}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxgetstatus}
+
+\func{CDstatus}{GetStatus}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::GetTime}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxgettime}
+
+\func{wxCDtime}{GetTime}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::GetToc}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxgettoc}
+
+\func{CDtoc\&}{GetToc}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::Ok}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxok}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{Ok}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioLinux::OpenDevice}\label{wxcdaudiolinuxopendevice}
+
+\func{void}{OpenDevice}{\param{const char* }{dev\_name}}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/cdaudwin.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/cdwin.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:15
+%
+
+
+\section{\class{wxCDAudioWin}}\label{wxcdaudiowin}
+
+
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxCDAudio}{wxcdaudio}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+{\small
+\begin{verbatim}
+typedef struct CDAW\_Internal {
+  MCIDEVICEID dev\_id
+};
+\end{verbatim}
+}
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::wxCDAudioWin}\label{wxcdaudiowinwxcdaudiowin}
+
+\func{}{wxCDAudioWin}{\void}
+
+\func{}{wxCDAudioWin}{\param{const char* }{dev\_name}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::\destruct{wxCDAudioWin}}\label{wxcdaudiowindtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxCDAudioWin}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::Play}\label{wxcdaudiowinplay}
+
+\func{bool}{Play}{\param{const wxCDtime\& }{beg\_time}, \param{const wxCDtime\& }{end\_time}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::Pause}\label{wxcdaudiowinpause}
+
+\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::Resume}\label{wxcdaudiowinresume}
+
+\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::GetStatus}\label{wxcdaudiowingetstatus}
+
+\func{CDstatus}{GetStatus}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::GetTime}\label{wxcdaudiowingettime}
+
+\func{wxCDtime}{GetTime}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::GetToc}\label{wxcdaudiowingettoc}
+
+\func{const CDtoc\&}{GetToc}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::Ok}\label{wxcdaudiowinok}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{Ok}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudioWin::PrepareToc}\label{wxcdaudiowinpreparetoc}
+
+\func{void}{PrepareToc}{\void}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/cdtoc.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/cdbase.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:12
+%
+
+
+\section{\class{CDtoc}}\label{cdtoc}
+
+
+Table of contents manager
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+No base class
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+\membersection{CDtoc::CDtoc}\label{cdtoccdtoc}
+
+\func{}{CDtoc}{\param{wxCDtime\& }{tot\_tm}, \param{wxCDtime* }{trks\_tm}, \param{wxCDtime* }{trks\_pos}}
+
+
+\membersection{CDtoc::GetTrackTime}\label{cdtocgettracktime}
+
+\constfunc{wxCDtime}{GetTrackTime}{\param{wxUint8 }{track}}
+
+Returns the length of the specified track
+track: track to get length
+
+
+\membersection{CDtoc::GetTrackPos}\label{cdtocgettrackpos}
+
+\constfunc{wxCDtime}{GetTrackPos}{\param{wxUint8 }{track}}
+
+Returns the position of the specified track
+track: track to get position
+
+
+\membersection{CDtoc::GetTotalTime}\label{cdtocgettotaltime}
+
+\constfunc{wxCDtime}{GetTotalTime}{\void}
+
+Returns the total time
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudio::wxCDAudio}\label{wxcdaudiowxcdaudio}
+
+\func{}{wxCDAudio}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudio::\destruct{wxCDAudio}}\label{wxcdaudiodtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxCDAudio}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudio::Play}\label{wxcdaudioplay}
+
+\func{bool}{Play}{\param{const wxCDtime\& }{beg\_play}, \param{const wxCDtime\& }{end\_play}}
+
+Play audio at the specified position
+
+\func{bool}{Play}{\param{const wxCDtime\& }{beg\_play}}
+
+Play audio from the specified to the end of the CD audio
+
+\func{bool}{Play}{\param{wxUint8 }{beg\_track}, \param{wxUint8 }{end\_track = 0}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudio::Pause}\label{wxcdaudiopause}
+
+\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
+
+Pause the audio playing
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudio::Resume}\label{wxcdaudioresume}
+
+\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
+
+Resume a paused audio playing
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudio::GetStatus}\label{wxcdaudiogetstatus}
+
+\func{CDstatus}{GetStatus}{\void}
+
+Get the current CD status
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudio::GetTime}\label{wxcdaudiogettime}
+
+\func{wxCDtime}{GetTime}{\void}
+
+Get the current playing time
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudio::GetToc}\label{wxcdaudiogettoc}
+
+\func{const CDtoc\&}{GetToc}{\void}
+
+Returns the table of contents
+
+
+\membersection{wxCDAudio::Ok}\label{wxcdaudiook}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{Ok}{\void}
+
+CD ok
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/changes.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+\chapter{Change log}
+\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
+\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/classes.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+\chapter{Class reference}\label{classref}
+\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
+\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
+
+These are the main Mmedia classes.
+
+\input cdaudio.tex
+\input cdaudlnx.tex
+\input cdaudwin.tex
+\input cdtoc.tex
+\input sndbase.tex
+\input sndfile.tex
+\input sndfrmt.tex

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/intro.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+\chapter{Introduction}
+\pagenumbering{arabic}%
+\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
+\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
+
+The MMedia wxWindows extension is a wxWindows library which provides you
+a full set of multimedia classes including sound recording/playing,
+cd audio playing and video playing. The API is portable and can be used
+on any supported systems with the insurance the behaviour will be the
+same.
+
+\section{File structure}
+
+These are the files that comprise the mmedia library.
+
+\begin{description}\itemsep=0pt
+\item[sndbase.h] Header for wxSoundStream base class and wxSoundFormat base class.
+\item[sndbase.cpp] Basic objects implementation.
+\item[sndfile.h] wxSoundFileStream base class header.
+\item[sndfile.cpp] wxSoundFileStream base class implementation.
+\item[sndpcm.h] wxSoundFormatPcm class header.
+\item[sndpcm.cpp] wxSoundFormatPcm class implementation.
+\item[sndcpcm.h] wxSoundCodecPcm class header (PCM converter).
+\item[sndcpcm.cpp] wxSoundCodecPcm class implementation (PCM converter).
+\item[sndulaw.h]
+\item[sndulaw.cpp]
+\item[sndg72x.h]
+\item[sndg72x.cpp]
+\item[sndoss.h]
+\item[sndoss.cpp]
+\item[sndesd.h]
+\item[sndesd.cpp]
+\item[sndwin.h]
+\item[sndwin.cpp]
+\item[cdbase.h]
+\item[cdbase.cpp]
+\item[cdunix.h]
+\item[cdunix.cpp]
+\item[cdwin.h]
+\item[cdwin.cpp]
+\item[vidbase.h]
+\item[vidbase.cpp]
+\item[vidxanm.h]
+\item[vidxanm.cpp]
+\item[vidwin.h]
+\item[vidwin.cpp]
+\end{description}

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/mmedia.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+\documentstyle[a4,makeidx,verbatim,texhelp,fancyheadings]{report}
+\definecolour{black}{0}{0}{0}%
+\definecolour{cyan}{0}{255}{255}%
+\definecolour{green}{0}{255}{0}%
+\definecolour{magenta}{255}{0}{255}%
+\definecolour{red}{255}{0}{0}%
+\definecolour{blue}{0}{0}{200}%
+\definecolour{yellow}{255}{255}{0}%
+\definecolour{white}{255}{255}{255}%
+\input psbox.tex
+\parindent 0pt
+\parskip 11pt
+\title{MMedia for wxWindows}
+\author{Guilhem Lavaux}
+\date{March 2000}
+
+\makeindex
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+
+\pagestyle{fancyplain}
+\bibliographystyle{plain}
+\pagenumbering{roman}
+\setheader{{\it CONTENTS}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CONTENTS}}
+\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
+\tableofcontents%
+
+\input{intro.tex}
+%
+\input{sample.tex}
+%
+\input{classes.tex}
+%
+\input{topics.tex}
+%
+\input{bugs.tex}
+%
+\input{changes.tex}
+
+%
+\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Index}
+\setheader{{\it INDEX}}{}{}{}{}{{\it INDEX}}
+\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}%
+\printindex
+\end{document}

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/psbox.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,520 @@
+%
+%              %%%%%%%    %%%%%        %%%%%%    %%%%%   %     %
+%              %      %  %             %     %  %     %   %   %
+%              %      %  %             %     %  %     %    % %
+%              %%%%%%%    %%%%%        %%%%%%   %     %     %
+%              %               %       %     %  %     %    % %
+%              %               %       %     %  %     %   %   %
+%              %         %%%%%%        %%%%%%    %%%%%   %     %
+%
+%              By Jean Orloff
+%              Comments & suggestions by e-mail: ORLOFF@surya11.cern.ch
+%              No modification of this file allowed if not e-sent to me.
+%
+% A simple way to measure the size of encapsulated postscript figures
+%   from inside TeX, and to use it for automatically formatting texts
+%   with inserted figures. Works both under Plain TeX-based macros
+%   (Phyzzx, Harvmac, Psizzl, ...) and LaTeX environment.
+% Provides exactly the same result on any PostScript printer provided
+%   the single instruction \psfor... is changed to fit the needs of the
+%   particular dvi->ps translator used.
+% History:
+%   1.31: adds \psforDVIALW(?)
+%   1.30: adds \splitfile & \joinfiles for multi-file management
+%   1.24: fix error handling & add \psonlyboxes
+%   1.23: adds \putsp@ce for OzTeX fix
+%   1.22: makes \drawingBox \global for use in Phyzzx
+%   1.21: accepts %%BoundingBox: (atend)
+%   1.20: tries to add \psfordvitps for the TeXPS package.
+%   1.10: adds \psforoztex, error handling...
+%2345678 1 2345678 2 2345678 3 2345678 4 2345678 5 2345678 6 2345678 7 23456789
+%
+\def\temp{1.31}
+\let\tempp=\relax
+\expandafter\ifx\csname psboxversion\endcsname\relax
+  \message{version: \temp}
+\else
+    \ifdim\temp cm>\psboxversion cm
+      \message{version: \temp}
+    \else
+      \message{psbox(\psboxversion) is already loaded: I won't load
+        psbox(\temp)!}
+      \let\temp=\psboxversion
+      \let\tempp=\endinput
+    \fi
+\fi
+\tempp
+\let\psboxversion=\temp
+\catcode`\@=11
+% Every macro likes a little privacy...
+%
+% Some common defs
+%
+\def\execute#1{#1}% NOT stupid: cs in #1 are then identified BEFORE execution
+\def\psm@keother#1{\catcode`#112\relax}% borrowed from latex
+\def\executeinspecs#1{%
+\execute{\begingroup\let\do\psm@keother\dospecials\catcode`\^^M=9#1\endgroup}}
+%
+%Trying to tame the variety of \special commands for Postscript: the
+%  universal internal command \PSspeci@l##1##2 takes ##1 to be the
+%  filename and ##2 to be the integer scale factor*1000 (as for usual
+%   TeX \scale commands)
+%
+\def\psfortextures{%     For TeXtures on the Macintosh
+%-----------------
+\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
+\special{illustration ##1\space scaled ##2}%
+}}
+%
+\def\psfordvitops{%      For the DVItoPS converter on IBM mainframes
+%----------------
+\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
+\special{dvitops: import ##1\space \the\drawingwd \the\drawinght}%
+}}
+%
+\def\psfordvips{%      For DVIPS converter on VAX, UNIX and PC's
+%--------------
+\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
+%    \special{/@scaleunit 1000 def}% never read dox without trying!
+\d@my=0.1bp \d@mx=\drawingwd \divide\d@mx by\d@my%
+\special{PSfile=##1\space llx=\psllx\space lly=\pslly\space%
+urx=\psurx\space ury=\psury\space rwi=\number\d@mx}%
+}}
+%
+\def\psforoztex{%        For the OzTeX shareware on the Macintosh
+%--------------
+\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
+\special{##1 \space
+      ##2 1000 div dup scale
+      \putsp@ce{\number-\psllx} \putsp@ce{\number-\pslly} translate
+}%
+}}
+\def\putsp@ce#1{#1 }
+%
+\def\psfordvitps{%       From the UNIX TeXPS package, vers.>3.12
+%---------------
+% Convert a dimension into the number \psn@sp (in scaled points)
+\def\psdimt@n@sp##1{\d@mx=##1\relax\edef\psn@sp{\number\d@mx}}
+\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
+% psfig.psr contains the def of "startTexFig": if you can locate it
+% and include the correct pathname, it should work
+\special{dvitps: Include0 "psfig.psr"}% contains def of "startTexFig"
+\psdimt@n@sp{\drawingwd}
+\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space"}
+\psdimt@n@sp{\drawinght}
+\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space"}
+\psdimt@n@sp{\psllx bp}
+\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space"}
+\psdimt@n@sp{\pslly bp}
+\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space"}
+\psdimt@n@sp{\psurx bp}
+\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space"}
+\psdimt@n@sp{\psury bp}
+\special{dvitps: Literal "\psn@sp\space startTexFig\space"}
+\special{dvitps: Include1 "##1"}
+\special{dvitps: Literal "endTexFig\space"}
+}}
+\def\psforDVIALW{%   Try for dvialw, a UNIX public domain
+%---------------
+\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{
+\special{language "PS"
+literal "##2 1000 div dup scale"
+include "##1"}}}
+\def\psonlyboxes{%     Draft-like behaviour if none of the others works
+%---------------
+\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
+\at(0cm;0cm){\boxit{\vbox to\drawinght
+  {\vss
+  \hbox to\drawingwd{\at(0cm;0cm){\hbox{(##1)}}\hss}
+  }}}
+}%
+}
+%
+\def\psloc@lerr#1{%
+\let\savedPSspeci@l=\PSspeci@l%
+\def\PSspeci@l##1##2{%
+\at(0cm;0cm){\boxit{\vbox to\drawinght
+  {\vss
+  \hbox to\drawingwd{\at(0cm;0cm){\hbox{(##1) #1}}\hss}
+  }}}
+\let\PSspeci@l=\savedPSspeci@l% restore normal output for other figs!
+}%
+}
+%
+%\def\psfor...  add your own!
+%
+%  \ReadPSize{PSfilename} reads the dimensions of a PostScript drawing
+%      and stores it in \drawinght(wd)
+\newread\pst@mpin
+\newdimen\drawinght\newdimen\drawingwd
+\newdimen\psxoffset\newdimen\psyoffset
+\newbox\drawingBox
+\newif\ifNotB@undingBox
+\newhelp\PShelp{Proceed: you'll have a 5cm square blank box instead of
+your graphics (Jean Orloff).}
+\def\@mpty{}
+\def\s@tsize#1 #2 #3 #4\@ndsize{
+  \def\psllx{#1}\def\pslly{#2}%
+  \def\psurx{#3}\def\psury{#4}%  needed by a crazyness of dvips!
+  \ifx\psurx\@mpty\NotB@undingBoxtrue% this is not a valid one!
+  \else
+    \drawinght=#4bp\advance\drawinght by-#2bp
+    \drawingwd=#3bp\advance\drawingwd by-#1bp
+%  !Units related by crazy factors as bp/pt=72.27/72 should be BANNED!
+  \fi
+  }
+\def\sc@nline#1:#2\@ndline{\edef\p@rameter{#1}\edef\v@lue{#2}}
+\def\g@bblefirstblank#1#2:{\ifx#1 \else#1\fi#2}
+\def\psm@keother#1{\catcode`#112\relax}% borrowed from latex
+\def\execute#1{#1}% Seems stupid, but cs are identified BEFORE execution
+{\catcode`\%=12
+\xdef\B@undingBox{%%BoundingBox}
+}   %% is not a true comment in PostScript, even if % is!
+\def\ReadPSize#1{
+ \edef\PSfilename{#1}
+ \openin\pst@mpin=#1\relax
+ \ifeof\pst@mpin \errhelp=\PShelp
+   \errmessage{I haven't found your postscript file (\PSfilename)}
+   \psloc@lerr{was not found}
+   \s@tsize 0 0 142 142\@ndsize
+   \closein\pst@mpin
+ \else
+   \immediate\write\psbj@inaux{#1,}
+   \loop
+     \executeinspecs{\catcode`\ =10\global\read\pst@mpin to\n@xtline}
+     \ifeof\pst@mpin
+       \errhelp=\PShelp
+       \errmessage{(\PSfilename) is not an Encapsulated PostScript File:
+           I could not find any \B@undingBox: line.}
+       \edef\v@lue{0 0 142 142:}
+       \psloc@lerr{is not an EPSFile}
+       \NotB@undingBoxfalse
+     \else
+       \expandafter\sc@nline\n@xtline:\@ndline
+       \ifx\p@rameter\B@undingBox\NotB@undingBoxfalse
+         \edef\t@mp{%
+           \expandafter\g@bblefirstblank\v@lue\space\space\space}
+         \expandafter\s@tsize\t@mp\@ndsize
+       \else\NotB@undingBoxtrue
+       \fi
+     \fi
+   \ifNotB@undingBox\repeat
+   \closein\pst@mpin
+ \fi
+\message{#1}
+}
+%
+% \psboxto(xdim;ydim){psfilename}: you specify the dimensions and
+%    TeX uniformly scales to fit the largest one. If xdim=0pt, the
+%    scale is fully determined by ydim and vice versa.
+%    Notice: psboxes are a real vboxes; couldn't take hbox otherwise all
+%    indentation and all cr's would be interpreted as spaces (hugh!).
+%
+\newcount\xscale \newcount\yscale \newdimen\pscm\pscm=1cm
+\newdimen\d@mx \newdimen\d@my
+\let\ps@nnotation=\relax
+\def\psboxto(#1;#2)#3{\vbox{
+   \ReadPSize{#3}
+   \divide\drawingwd by 1000
+   \divide\drawinght by 1000
+   \d@mx=#1
+   \ifdim\d@mx=0pt\xscale=1000
+         \else \xscale=\d@mx \divide \xscale by \drawingwd\fi
+   \d@my=#2
+   \ifdim\d@my=0pt\yscale=1000
+         \else \yscale=\d@my \divide \yscale by \drawinght\fi
+   \ifnum\yscale=1000
+         \else\ifnum\xscale=1000\xscale=\yscale
+                    \else\ifnum\yscale<\xscale\xscale=\yscale\fi
+              \fi
+   \fi
+   \divide \psxoffset by 1000\multiply\psxoffset by \xscale
+   \divide \psyoffset by 1000\multiply\psyoffset by \xscale
+   \global\divide\pscm by 1000
+   \global\multiply\pscm by\xscale
+   \multiply\drawingwd by\xscale \multiply\drawinght by\xscale
+   \ifdim\d@mx=0pt\d@mx=\drawingwd\fi
+   \ifdim\d@my=0pt\d@my=\drawinght\fi
+   \message{scaled \the\xscale}
+ \hbox to\d@mx{\hss\vbox to\d@my{\vss
+   \global\setbox\drawingBox=\hbox to 0pt{\kern\psxoffset\vbox to 0pt{
+      \kern-\psyoffset
+      \PSspeci@l{\PSfilename}{\the\xscale}
+      \vss}\hss\ps@nnotation}
+   \global\ht\drawingBox=\the\drawinght
+   \global\wd\drawingBox=\the\drawingwd
+   \baselineskip=0pt
+   \copy\drawingBox
+ \vss}\hss}
+  \global\psxoffset=0pt
+  \global\psyoffset=0pt% These are local to one figure
+  \global\pscm=1cm
+  \global\drawingwd=\drawingwd
+  \global\drawinght=\drawinght
+}}
+%
+% \psboxscaled{scalefactor*1000}{PSfilename} allows to bypass the
+%   rounding errors of TeX integer divisions for situations where the
+%   TeX box should fit the original BoundingBox with a precision better
+%   than 1/1000.
+%
+\def\psboxscaled#1#2{\vbox{
+  \ReadPSize{#2}
+  \xscale=#1
+  \message{scaled \the\xscale}
+  \divide\drawingwd by 1000\multiply\drawingwd by\xscale
+  \divide\drawinght by 1000\multiply\drawinght by\xscale
+  \divide \psxoffset by 1000\multiply\psxoffset by \xscale
+  \divide \psyoffset by 1000\multiply\psyoffset by \xscale
+  \global\divide\pscm by 1000
+  \global\multiply\pscm by\xscale
+  \global\setbox\drawingBox=\hbox to 0pt{\kern\psxoffset\vbox to 0pt{
+     \kern-\psyoffset
+     \PSspeci@l{\PSfilename}{\the\xscale}
+     \vss}\hss\ps@nnotation}
+  \global\ht\drawingBox=\the\drawinght
+  \global\wd\drawingBox=\the\drawingwd
+  \baselineskip=0pt
+  \copy\drawingBox
+  \global\psxoffset=0pt
+  \global\psyoffset=0pt% These are local to one figure
+  \global\pscm=1cm
+  \global\drawingwd=\drawingwd
+  \global\drawinght=\drawinght
+}}
+%
+%  \psbox{PSfilename} makes a TeX box having the minimal size to
+%      enclose the picture
+\def\psbox#1{\psboxscaled{1000}{#1}}
+%
+%
+%  \joinfiles file1, file2, ...n \into joinedfilename .
+%     makes one file out of many
+%  \splitfile joinedfilename
+%     the opposite
+%
+%\def\execute#1{#1}% NOT stupid: cs in #1 are then identified BEFORE execution
+%\def\psm@keother#1{\catcode`#112\relax}% borrowed from latex
+%\def\executeinspecs#1{%
+%\execute{\begingroup\let\do\psm@keother\dospecials\catcode`\^^M=9#1\endgroup}}
+%\newread\pst@mpin
+\newif\ifn@teof\n@teoftrue
+\newif\ifc@ntrolline
+\newif\ifmatch
+\newread\j@insplitin
+\newwrite\j@insplitout
+\newwrite\psbj@inaux
+\immediate\openout\psbj@inaux=psbjoin.aux
+\immediate\write\psbj@inaux{\string\joinfiles}
+\immediate\write\psbj@inaux{\jobname,}
+%
+% We redefine input to keep track of the various files inputted
+%
+\immediate\let\oldinput=\input
+\def\input#1 {
+ \immediate\write\psbj@inaux{#1,}
+ \oldinput #1 }
+\def\empty{}
+\def\setmatchif#1\contains#2{
+  \def\match##1#2##2\endmatch{
+    \def\tmp{##2}
+    \ifx\empty\tmp
+      \matchfalse
+    \else
+      \matchtrue
+    \fi}
+  \match#1#2\endmatch}
+\def\warnopenout#1#2{
+ \setmatchif{TrashMe,psbjoin.aux,psbjoin.all}\contains{#2}
+ \ifmatch
+ \else
+   \immediate\openin\pst@mpin=#2
+   \ifeof\pst@mpin
+     \else
+     \errhelp{If the content of this file is so precious to you, abort (ie
+press x or e) and rename it before retrying.}
+     \errmessage{I'm just about to replace your file named #2}
+   \fi
+   \immediate\closein\pst@mpin
+ \fi
+ \message{#2}
+ \immediate\openout#1=#2}
+%  No comments allowed below: % will have an unusual catcode
+{
+\catcode`\%=12
+\gdef\splitfile#1 {
+ \immediate\openin\j@insplitin=#1
+ \message{Splitting file #1 into:}
+ \warnopenout\j@insplitout{TrashMe}
+ \loop
+   \ifeof
+     \j@insplitin\immediate\closein\j@insplitin\n@teoffalse
+   \else
+     \n@teoftrue
+     \executeinspecs{\global\read\j@insplitin to\spl@tinline\expandafter
+       \ch@ckbeginnewfile\spl@tinline%Beginning-Of-File-Named:%\endcheck}
+     \ifc@ntrolline
+     \else
+       \toks0=\expandafter{\spl@tinline}
+       \immediate\write\j@insplitout{\the\toks0}
+     \fi
+   \fi
+ \ifn@teof\repeat
+ \immediate\closeout\j@insplitout}
+\gdef\ch@ckbeginnewfile#1%Beginning-Of-File-Named:#2%#3\endcheck{
+ \def\t@mp{#1}
+ \ifx\empty\t@mp
+   \def\t@mp{#3}
+   \ifx\empty\t@mp
+     \global\c@ntrollinefalse
+   \else
+     \immediate\closeout\j@insplitout
+     \warnopenout\j@insplitout{#2}
+     \global\c@ntrollinetrue
+   \fi
+ \else
+   \global\c@ntrollinefalse
+ \fi}
+\gdef\joinfiles#1\into#2 {
+ \message{Joining following files into}
+ \warnopenout\j@insplitout{#2}
+ \message{:}
+ {
+ \edef\w@##1{\immediate\write\j@insplitout{##1}}
+ \w@{% This text was produced with psbox's \string\joinfiles.}
+ \w@{% To decompose and tex it:}
+ \w@{%-save this with a filename CONTAINING ONLY LETTERS, and no extensions}
+ \w@{% (say, JOINTFIL), in some uncrowded directory;}
+ \w@{%-make sure you can \string\input\space psbox.tex (version>=1.3);}
+ \w@{%-tex JOINTFIL using Plain, or LaTeX, or whatever is needed by}
+ \w@{% the first part in the joining (after splitting JOINTFIL into}
+ \w@{% it's constituents, TeX will try to process it as it stands).}
+ \w@{\string\input\space psbox.tex}
+ \w@{\string\splitfile{\string\jobname}}
+ }
+ \tre@tfilelist#1, \endtre@t
+ \immediate\closeout\j@insplitout}
+\gdef\tre@tfilelist#1, #2\endtre@t{
+ \def\t@mp{#1}
+ \ifx\empty\t@mp
+   \else
+   \llj@in{#1}
+   \tre@tfilelist#2, \endtre@t
+ \fi}
+\gdef\llj@in#1{
+ \immediate\openin\j@insplitin=#1
+ \ifeof\j@insplitin
+   \errmessage{I couldn't find file #1.}
+   \else
+   \message{#1}
+   \toks0={%Beginning-Of-File-Named:#1}
+   \immediate\write\j@insplitout{\the\toks0}
+   \executeinspecs{\global\read\j@insplitin to\oldj@ininline}
+   \loop
+     \ifeof\j@insplitin\immediate\closein\j@insplitin\n@teoffalse
+       \else\n@teoftrue
+       \executeinspecs{\global\read\j@insplitin to\j@ininline}
+       \toks0=\expandafter{\oldj@ininline}
+       \let\oldj@ininline=\j@ininline
+       \immediate\write\j@insplitout{\the\toks0}
+     \fi
+   \ifn@teof
+   \repeat
+   \immediate\closein\j@insplitin
+ \fi}
+}
+% To be put at the end of a file, for making an tar-like file containing
+%   everything it used.
+\def\autojoin{
+ \immediate\write\psbj@inaux{\string\into\space psbjoin.all}
+ \immediate\closeout\psbj@inaux
+ \input psbjoin.aux
+}
+%
+%  Annotations & Captions etc...
+%
+%
+% \centinsert{anybox} is just a centered \midinsert, but is included as
+%    people barely use the original inserts from TeX.
+%
+\def\centinsert#1{\midinsert\line{\hss#1\hss}\endinsert}
+\def\psannotate#1#2{\def\ps@nnotation{#2\global\let\ps@nnotation=\relax}#1}
+\def\pscaption#1#2{\vbox{
+   \setbox\drawingBox=#1
+   \copy\drawingBox
+   \vskip\baselineskip
+   \vbox{\hsize=\wd\drawingBox\setbox0=\hbox{#2}
+     \ifdim\wd0>\hsize
+       \noindent\unhbox0\tolerance=5000
+    \else\centerline{\box0}
+    \fi
+}}}
+% for compatibility with older versions
+\def\psfig#1#2#3{\pscaption{\psannotate{#1}{#2}}{#3}}
+\def\psfigurebox#1#2#3{\pscaption{\psannotate{\psbox{#1}}{#2}}{#3}}
+%
+% \at(#1;#2)#3 puts #3 at #1-higher and #2-right of the current
+%    position without moving it (to be used in annotations).
+\def\at(#1;#2)#3{\setbox0=\hbox{#3}\ht0=0pt\dp0=0pt
+  \rlap{\kern#1\vbox to0pt{\kern-#2\box0\vss}}}
+%
+% \gridfill(ht;wd) makes a 1cm*1cm grid of ht by wd whose lower-left
+%   corner is the current point
+\newdimen\gridht \newdimen\gridwd
+\def\gridfill(#1;#2){
+  \setbox0=\hbox to 1\pscm
+  {\vrule height1\pscm width.4pt\leaders\hrule\hfill}
+  \gridht=#1
+  \divide\gridht by \ht0
+  \multiply\gridht by \ht0
+  \gridwd=#2
+  \divide\gridwd by \wd0
+  \multiply\gridwd by \wd0
+  \advance \gridwd by \wd0
+  \vbox to \gridht{\leaders\hbox to\gridwd{\leaders\box0\hfill}\vfill}}
+%
+% Useful to measure where to put annotations
+\def\fillinggrid{\at(0cm;0cm){\vbox{
+  \gridfill(\drawinght;\drawingwd)}}}
+%
+% \textleftof\anybox: Sample text\endtext
+%   inserts "Sample text" on the left of \anybox ie \vbox, \psbox.
+%   \textrightof is the symmetric (not documented, too uggly)
+% Welcome any suggestion about clean wraparound macros from
+%   TeXhackers reading this
+%
+\def\textleftof#1:{
+  \setbox1=#1
+  \setbox0=\vbox\bgroup
+    \advance\hsize by -\wd1 \advance\hsize by -2em}
+\def\textrightof#1:{
+  \setbox0=#1
+  \setbox1=\vbox\bgroup
+    \advance\hsize by -\wd0 \advance\hsize by -2em}
+\def\endtext{
+  \egroup
+  \hbox to \hsize{\valign{\vfil##\vfil\cr%
+\box0\cr%
+\noalign{\hss}\box1\cr}}}
+%
+% \frameit{\thick}{\skip}{\anybox}
+%    draws with thickness \thick a box around \anybox, leaving \skip of
+%    blank around it. eg \frameit{0.5pt}{1pt}{\hbox{hello}}
+% \boxit{\anybox} is a shortcut.
+\def\frameit#1#2#3{\hbox{\vrule width#1\vbox{
+  \hrule height#1\vskip#2\hbox{\hskip#2\vbox{#3}\hskip#2}%
+        \vskip#2\hrule height#1}\vrule width#1}}
+\def\boxit#1{\frameit{0.4pt}{0pt}{#1}}
+%
+%
+\catcode`\@=12 % cs containing @ are unreachable
+%
+% CUSTOMIZE YOUR DEFAULT DRIVER:
+%    Uncomment the line corresponding to your TeX system:
+%\psfortextures%     For TeXtures on the Macintosh
+%\psforoztex   %     For OzTeX shareware on the Macintosh
+%\psfordvitops %     For the DVItoPS converter for TeX on IBM mainframes
+ \psfordvips   %     For DVIPS converter on VAX and UNIX
+%\psfordvitps  %     For dvitps from TeXPS package under UNIX
+%\psforDVIALW  %     For DVIALW, UNIX public domain
+%\psonlyboxes  %     Blank Boxes (when all else fails).

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sample.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+\chapter{MMboard: a sample MMedia application}\label{mmboard}%
+\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
+\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
+
+To be written.
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndaiff.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndaiff.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:29
+%
+
+\section{\class{wxSoundAiff}}\label{wxsoundaiff}
+
+AIFF codec
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxSoundFileStream}{wxsoundfilestream}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundAiff::wxSoundAiff}\label{wxsoundaiffwxsoundaiff}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundAiff}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundAiff}{\param{wxOutputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
+
+\membersection{wxSoundAiff::\destruct{wxSoundAiff}}\label{wxsoundaiffdtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundAiff}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundAiff::CanRead}\label{wxsoundaiffcanread}
+
+\func{bool}{CanRead}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundAiff::GetCodecName}\label{wxsoundaiffgetcodecname}
+
+\constfunc{wxString}{GetCodecName}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundAiff::PrepareToPlay}\label{wxsoundaiffpreparetoplay}
+
+\func{bool}{PrepareToPlay}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundAiff::PrepareToRecord}\label{wxsoundaiffpreparetorecord}
+
+\func{bool}{PrepareToRecord}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundAiff::FinishRecording}\label{wxsoundaifffinishrecording}
+
+\func{bool}{FinishRecording}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundAiff::RepositionStream}\label{wxsoundaiffrepositionstream}
+
+\func{bool}{RepositionStream}{\param{wxUint32 }{position}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundAiff::GetData}\label{wxsoundaiffgetdata}
+
+\func{wxUint32}{GetData}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundAiff::PutData}\label{wxsoundaiffputdata}
+
+\func{wxUint32}{PutData}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndbase.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% Name:        sndbase.tex
+%% Purpose:     wxMMedia docs
+%% Author:      Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr>
+%% Modified by:
+%% Created:     2000
+%% RCS-ID:      $Id$
+%% Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
+%% Licence:     wxWindows licence
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\section{\class{wxSoundStream}}\label{wxsoundstream}
+
+Base class for sound streams
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+No base class
+
+\wxheading{Include files}
+
+<wx/mmedia/sndbase.h>
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+%%
+%% wxSoundStream errors
+%%
+
+\wxheading{wxSoundStream errors}
+
+\twocolwidtha{7cm}
+\begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_NOERR}}{No error occured}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_IOERR}}{An input/output error occured, it may concern
+either a driver or a file}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_INVFRMT}}{The sound format passed to the function is
+invalid. Generally, it means that you passed out of range values to the codec
+stream or you don't pass the right sound format object to the right sound codec
+stream.}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_INVDEV}}{Invalid device. Generally, it means that the
+sound stream didn't manage to open the device driver due to an invalid parameter
+or to the fact that sound is not supported on this computer.}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_NOEXACT}}{No exact matching sound codec has been found for
+this sound format. It means that the sound driver didn't manage to setup the sound
+card with the specified values.}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_NOCODEC}}{No matching codec has been found. Generally, it 
+may happen when you call wxSoundRouterStream::SetSoundFormat().}
+\twocolitem{{\bf wxSOUND\_MEMERR}}{Not enough memory.}
+\end{twocollist}
+
+%%
+%% C callback
+%%
+
+\wxheading{C callback for wxSound event}
+
+When a sound event is generated, it may either call the internal sound event 
+processor (which can be inherited) or call a C function. Its definition is:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+  typedef void (*wxSoundCallback)(wxSoundStream *stream, int evt,
+                                  void *cdata);
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The {\bf stream} parameter represents the current wxSoundStream.
+
+The {\bf evt} parameter represents the sound event which is the cause of the calling. (See \helpref{wxSound events}{wxsoundstream}).
+
+The {\bf cdata} parameter represents the user callback data which were specified
+when the user called \helpref{wxSoundStream::Register}{wxsoundstreamregister}.
+
+{\it Note:} There are two other ways to catch sound events: you can inherit the
+sound stream and redefine \helpref{wxSoundStream::OnSoundEvent}{wxsoundstreamonsoundevent}, or you can reroute the events to another sound stream using \helpref{wxSoundStream::SetEventHandler}{wxsoundstreamseteventhandler}.
+
+%%
+%% wxSoundStream streaming mode
+%%
+
+\wxheading{wxSound streaming mode}
+
+The wxSoundStream object can work in three different modes. These modes are specified
+at the call to \helpref{wxSoundStream::StartProduction}{wxsoundstreamstartproduction} 
+and cannot be changed until you call 
+\helpref{wxSoundStream::StopProduction}{wxsoundstreamstopproduction}.
+
+The {\bf wxSOUND\_INPUT} mode is the recording mode. It generates {\bf wxSOUND\_INPUT} 
+events and you cannot use wxSoundStream::Write().
+
+The {\bf wxSOUND\_OUTPUT} mode is the playing mode. It generates {\bf wxSOUND\_OUTPUT} 
+events and you cannot use wxSoundStream::Read().
+
+The {\bf wxSOUND\_DUPLEX} mode activates the full duplex mode. The full duplex requires
+you to make synchronous call to \helpref{wxSoundStream::Read}{wxsoundstreamread} and 
+\helpref{wxSoundStream::Write}{wxsoundstreamwrite}. This means that you must be
+careful with realtime problems. Each time you call Read you must call Write.
+
+%%
+%% wxSoundStream events
+%%
+
+\wxheading{wxSoundStream events}
+
+The sound events are generated when the sound driver (or the sound stream) completes
+a previous sound buffer. There are two possible sound events and two meanings.
+
+The {\bf wxSOUND\_INPUT} event is generated when the sound stream has a new input
+buffer ready to be read. You know that you can read a buffer of the size
+\helpref{GetBestSize()}{wxsoundstreamgetbestsize} without blocking. 
+
+The {\bf wxSOUND\_OUTPUT} event is generated when the sound stream has completed a
+previous buffer. This buffer has been sent to the sound driver and it is ready to
+process a new buffer. Consequently, \helpref{Write}{wxsoundstreamwrite} will not
+block too.
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+%% Ctor && Dtor
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStream::wxSoundStream}\label{wxsoundstreamwxsoundstream}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundStream}{\void}
+
+Default constructor.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStream::\destruct{wxSoundStream}}\label{wxsoundstreamdtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStream}}{\void}
+
+Destructor. The destructor stops automatically all started production and destroys
+any temporary buffer.
+
+%%
+%% Read
+%%
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStream::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamread}
+
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+Reads {\it len} bytes from the sound stream. This call may block the user so
+use it carefully when you need to intensively refresh the GUI. You may be
+interested by sound events: see \helpref{wxSoundStream::OnSoundEvent}{wxsoundstreamonsoundevent}. 
+
+It is better to use the size returned by \helpref{wxSoundStream::GetBestSize}{wxsoundstreamgetbestsize}: this may improve performance or accuracy of the
+sound event system.
+
+\wxheading{Parameters}
+
+\docparam{len}{{\it len} is expressed in bytes. If you need to do conversions between bytes
+and seconds use wxSoundFormat.
+See \helpref{wxSoundFormatBase}{wxsoundformatbase}, \helpref{wxSoundStream::GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat}.}
+
+\docparam{data}{Data in \it{buffer} are coded using the sound format attached to this sound 
+stream. The format is specified with 
+\helpref{SetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamsetsoundformat}.}
+
+%%
+%% Write
+%%
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStream::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamwrite}
+
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+Writes \it{len} bytes to the sound stream. This call may block the user so
+use it carefully. You may be interested by sound events: see
+\helpref{wxSoundStream::OnSoundEvent}{wxsoundstreamonsoundevent}.
+
+It is better to use the size returned by \helpref{wxSoundStream::GetBestSize}{wxsoundstreamgetbestsize}: this may improve performance or accuracy of the
+sound event system.
+
+\wxheading{Parameters}
+
+\docparam{len}{This is expressed in bytes. If you need to do conversions between bytes
+and seconds use wxSoundFormat.
+See \helpref{wxSoundFormatBase}{wxsoundformatbase}, \helpref{wxSoundStream::GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat}.}
+
+\docparam{buffer}{Data in \it{buffer} are coded using the sound format attached to this sound 
+stream. The format is specified with 
+\helpref{SetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamsetsoundformat}.}
+
+%%
+%% GetBestSize
+%%
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStream::GetBestSize}\label{wxsoundstreamgetbestsize}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBestSize}{\void}
+
+This function returns the best size for IO calls. The best size provides you
+a good alignment for data to be written (or read) to (or from) the sound stream.
+So, when, for example, a sound event is sent, you are sure the sound stream
+will not block for this buffer size.
+
+%%
+%% wxSoundStream:SetSoundFormat
+%%
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStream::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamsetsoundformat}
+
+\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
+
+SetSoundFormat is one of the key function of the wxSoundStream object.
+It specifies the sound format the user needs. SetSoundFormat tries to
+apply the format to the current sound stream (it can be a sound file or a
+sound driver). Then, either it manages to apply it and it returns {\bf TRUE},
+or it could not and it returns {\bf FALSE}. In this case, you must check
+the error with 
+\helpref{wxSoundStream::GetError}{wxsoundstreamgeterror}. See 
+\helpref{wxSoundStream errors section}{wxsoundstream} for more details.
+
+\wxheading{Note}
+
+The {\bf format} object can be destroyed after the call. The object does not need it.
+
+\wxheading{Note}
+
+If the error is {\bf wxSOUND\_NOTEXACT}, the stream tries to find the best
+approaching format and setups it. You can check the format which it applied
+with \helpref{wxSoundStream::GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat}.
+
+%%
+%% GetSoundFormat
+%%
+\membersection{wxSoundStream::GetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat}
+\constfunc{wxSoundFormatBase\&}{GetSoundFormat}{\void}
+
+It returns a reference to the current sound format of the stream represented by a
+wxSoundFormatBase object. This object {\it must not} be destroyed by anyone except
+the stream itself.
+
+%%
+%% SetCallback
+%%
+\membersection{wxSoundStream::SetCallback}\label{wxsoundstreamregister}
+
+\func{void}{Register}{\param{int }{evt}, \param{wxSoundCallback }{cbk}, \param{void* }{cdata}}
+
+It installs a C callback for wxSoundStream events. The C callbacks are still
+useful to avoid hard inheritance. You can install only one callback per event.
+Each callback has its callback data.
+
+%%
+%% StartProduction
+%%
+\membersection{wxSoundStream::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamstartproduction}
+
+\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
+
+StartProduction starts the sound streaming. {\it evt} may be one of 
+{\bf wxSOUND\_INPUT}, {\bf wxSOUND\_OUTPUT} or {\bf wxSOUND\_DUPLEX}.
+You cannot specify several flags at the same time. Starting the production
+may automaticaly in position of buffer underrun (only in the case you activated
+recording). Actually this may happen the sound IO queue is too short.
+It is also advised that you fill quickly enough the sound IO queue when the
+driver requests it (through a wxSoundEvent).
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStream::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamstopproduction}
+
+\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
+
+I stops the async notifier and the sound streaming straightly.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStream::SetEventHandler}\label{wxsoundstreamseteventhandler}
+
+\func{void}{SetEventHandler}{\param{wxSoundStream* }{handler}}
+
+Sets the event handler: if it is non-null, all events are routed to it.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStream::GetError}\label{wxsoundstreamgeterror}
+
+\constfunc{wxSoundError}{GetError}{\void}
+
+It returns the last error which occured.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStream::GetLastAccess}\label{wxsoundstreamgetlastaccess}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetLastAccess}{\void}
+
+It returns the number of bytes which were effectively written to/read from the sound stream.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStream::QueueFilled}\label{wxsoundstreamqueuefilled}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{QueueFilled}{\void}
+
+It returns whether the sound IO queue is full. When it is full, the next IO call will block
+until the IO queue has at least one empty entry.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStream::OnSoundEvent}\label{wxsoundstreamonsoundevent}
+
+\func{void}{OnSoundEvent}{\param{int }{evt}}
+
+It is called by the wxSoundStream when a new sound event occured.
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndcodec.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndcodec.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:29
+%
+
+\section{\class{wxSoundStreamCodec}}\label{wxsoundstreamcodec}
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxSoundStream}{wxsoundstream}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamCodec::wxSoundStreamCodec}\label{wxsoundstreamcodecwxsoundstreamcodec}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundStreamCodec}{\param{wxSoundStream\& }{snd\_io}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamCodec::\destruct{wxSoundStreamCodec}}\label{wxsoundstreamcodecdtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamCodec}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamCodec::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamcodecstartproduction}
+
+\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamCodec::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamcodecstopproduction}
+
+\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamCodec::GetBestSize}\label{wxsoundstreamcodecgetbestsize}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBestSize}{\void}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndesd.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndesd.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:56
+%
+
+\section{\class{wxSoundStreamESD}}\label{wxsoundstreamesd}
+
+ESD output class
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxSoundStream}{wxsoundstream}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::wxSoundStreamESD}\label{wxsoundstreamesdwxsoundstreamesd}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundStreamESD}{\param{const wxString\& }{hostname = "localhost"}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::\destruct{wxSoundStreamESD}}\label{wxsoundstreamesddtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamESD}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamesdread}
+
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamesdwrite}
+
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamesdsetsoundformat}
+
+\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamesdstartproduction}
+
+\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamesdstopproduction}
+
+\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::WakeUpEvt}\label{wxsoundstreamesdwakeupevt}
+
+\func{void}{WakeUpEvt}{\param{int }{evt}}
+
+You should not call this.
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamESD::QueueFilled}\label{wxsoundstreamesdqueuefilled}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{QueueFilled}{\void}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndfg72x.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndg72x.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:19
+%
+
+
+\section{\class{wxSoundFormatG72X}}\label{wxsoundformatg72x}
+
+
+G72X format
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxSoundFormatBase}{wxsoundformatbase}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+{\small \begin{verbatim}
+typedef enum {
+  wxSOUND\_G721,
+  wxSOUND\_G723\_24,
+  wxSOUND\_G723\_40
+} wxSoundG72XType
+\end{verbatim}}
+
+{\small \begin{verbatim}
+typedef struct g72x\_state g72state
+\end{verbatim}}
+
+This fixes a bug in Mingw95
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::wxSoundFormatG72X}\label{wxsoundformatg72xwxsoundformatg72x}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundFormatG72X}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::\destruct{wxSoundFormatG72X}}\label{wxsoundformatg72xdtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundFormatG72X}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::SetG72XType}\label{wxsoundformatg72xsetg72xtype}
+
+\func{void}{SetG72XType}{\param{wxSoundG72XType }{type}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::GetG72XType}\label{wxsoundformatg72xgetg72xtype}
+
+\constfunc{wxSoundG72XType}{GetG72XType}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::SetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatg72xsetsamplerate}
+
+\func{void}{SetSampleRate}{\param{wxUint32 }{srate}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::GetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatg72xgetsamplerate}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::GetType}\label{wxsoundformatg72xgettype}
+
+\constfunc{wxSoundFormatType}{GetType}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::Clone}\label{wxsoundformatg72xclone}
+
+\constfunc{wxSoundFormatBase*}{Clone}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::GetTimeFromBytes}\label{wxsoundformatg72xgettimefrombytes}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetTimeFromBytes}{\param{wxUint32 }{bytes}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::GetBytesFromTime}\label{wxsoundformatg72xgetbytesfromtime}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBytesFromTime}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatG72X::operator!=}\label{wxsoundformatg72xoperatorneq}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{operator!=}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{frmt2}}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndfile.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% Name:        sndfile.tex
+%% Purpose:     wxMMedia docs
+%% Author:      Guilhem Lavaux <lavaux@easynet.fr>
+%% Modified by:
+%% Created:     2000
+%% RCS-ID:      $Id$
+%% Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
+%% Licence:     wxWindows licence
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\section{\class{wxSoundFileStream}}\label{wxsoundfilestream}
+
+Base class for file coders/decoders. This class is not constructor (it is an abstract
+class).
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxSoundStream}{wxsoundstream}
+
+\wxheading{Include file}
+
+wx/sndfile.h
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::wxSoundFileStream}\label{wxsoundfilestreamwxsoundfilestream}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundFileStream}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
+
+It constructs a new file decoder object which will send 
+audio data to the specified sound stream. 
+The {\it stream} is the input stream to be decoded. The
+{\it io\_sound} is the destination sound stream.
+Once it has been constructed, you cannot change any of
+the specified streams nor the direction of the stream.
+
+You will have access to the playback functions.
+
+\func{}{wxSoundFileStream}{\param{wxOutputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
+
+It constructs a new file coder object which will get
+data to be recorded from the specified sound stream.
+The {\it stream} is the output wxStream. The {\it io\_sound}
+is the source sound stream of the audio data. Once
+it has been constructed, you cannot change any of
+the specified streams nor the direction of the stream.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::\destruct{wxSoundFileStream}}\label{wxsoundfilestreamdtor}
+\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundFileStream}}{\void}
+
+It destroys the current sound file codec.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Play}\label{wxsoundfilestreamplay}
+\func{bool}{Play}{\void}
+
+It starts playing the file. The playing begins, in background
+in nearly all cases, after the return of the function. The
+codec returns to a {\bf stopped} state when it reaches the
+end of the file.
+On success, it returns TRUE.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Record}\label{wxsoundfilestreamrecord}
+\func{bool}{Record}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
+
+It starts recording data from the sound stream and writing them
+to the output stream. You have to precise the recording length in
+parameter. This length is expressed in seconds. If you want to
+control the record length (using \helpref{Stop}{wxsoundfilestreamstop}),
+you can set it to wxSOUND\_INFINITE\_TIME.
+
+On success, it returns TRUE.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Stop}\label{wxsoundfilestreamstop}
+\func{bool}{Stop}{\void}
+
+It stops either recording or playing. Whatever happens (even unexpected
+errors), the stream is stopped when the function returns. When you are
+in recording mode, the file headers are updated and flushed if possible
+(ie: if the output stream is seekable).
+
+On success, it returns TRUE.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Pause}\label{wxsoundfilestreampause}
+\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
+
+The file codec tries to pause the stream: it means that it stops audio
+production but keep the file pointer at the place.
+
+If the file codec is already paused, it returns FALSE.
+
+On success, it returns TREE.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Resume}\label{wxsoundfilestreamresume}
+\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
+
+When the file codec has been paused using
+\helpref{Pause}{wxsoundfilestreampause}, you could be interrested in
+resuming it. This is the goal of this function.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::IsStopped}\label{wxsoundfilestreamisstopped}
+\constfunc{bool}{IsStopped}{\void}
+
+It returns TRUE when the stream is stopped, in another case it returns
+FALSE.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::IsPaused}\label{wxsoundfilestreamispaused}
+\constfunc{bool}{IsPaused}{\void}
+
+It returns TRUE when the stream is paused, in another case it returns
+FALSE.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundfilestreamstartproduction}
+\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
+
+It is really not advised you call this function. From the wxSoundFileStream
+point of view it is an internal function. Internally, it is called after
+the file stream has been prepared to be played or to receive audio data and 
+when it wants to start processing audio data.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundfilestreamstopproduction}
+\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
+
+As for \helpref{StartProduction}{wxsoundfilestreamstopproduction}, it is not
+advised for you to call this function. It is called by
+\helpref{Stop}{wxsoundfilestreamstop} when it needs to stop the audio data
+processing.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::GetLength}\label{wxsoundfilestreamgetlength}
+\func{wxUint32}{GetLength}{\void}
+
+It returns the audio data length of the file stream. This length is expressed
+in bytes. If you need the length in seconds, you will need to use
+\helpref{GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat} and
+\helpref{GetTimeFromBytes}{wxsoundformatbasegettimefrombytes}.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::GetPosition}\label{wxsoundfilestreamgetposition}
+\func{wxUint32}{GetPosition}{\void}
+
+It returns the current position in the soundfile stream. The position
+is expressed in bytes. If you need the length in seconds, you will need to use
+\helpref{GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat} and
+\helpref{GetTimeFromBytes}{wxsoundformatbasegettimefrombytes}.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::SetPosition}\label{wxsoundfilestreamsetposition}
+\func{wxUint32}{SetPosition}{\param{wxUint32 }{new\_position}}
+
+It sets the current in the soundfile stream. The position
+ {\it new\_position} must be expressed in bytes. You can get
+a length/position in bytes from a time value using
+\helpref{GetSoundFormat}{wxsoundstreamgetsoundformat} and 
+\helpref{GetTimeFromBytes}{wxsoundformatbasegettimefrombytes}.
+
+On success, it returns TRUE.
+
+\wxheading{Warning}
+
+Some wxStream may not be capable to support this function as
+it may not support the seekable functionnality. If this happens,
+it returns FALSE and leave the stream at the same position.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Read}\label{wxsoundfilestreamread}
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+You can obtain the audio data encoded in the file using this function.
+But it must be considered as an internal function. Used carelessly, it
+may corrupt the current state of the stream.
+Data are returned using in the original file coding (You must use a sound
+format object to decode it).
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::Write}\label{wxsoundfilestreamwrite}
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+You can put encoded audio data to the file using this function.
+But it must be considered as an internal function. Used carelessly, it
+may corrupt the current state of the stream.
+Data must be coded with the specified file coding (You must use a sound
+format object to do this).
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundfilestreamsetsoundformat}
+\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::GetCodecName}\label{wxsoundfilestreamgetcodecname}
+\constfunc{wxString}{GetCodecName}{\void}
+
+This function returns the Codec name. This is useful for those who
+want to build a player (But also in some other case).
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::CanRead}\label{wxsoundfilestreamcanread}
+\func{bool}{CanRead}{\void}
+
+You should use this function to test whether this file codec can read
+the stream you passed to it.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::PrepareToPlay}\label{wxsoundfilestreampreparetoplay}
+\func{bool}{PrepareToPlay}{\void}
+
+It is called by wxSoundFileStream to prepare the specific file loader
+to prepare itself to play the file. Actually, this includes reading
+headers and setting the various parameters of the sound format.
+This should not be called by an external user but it should be
+implemented when you inherit wxSoundFileStream to build a new codec.
+
+It must return when the file is identified and the parameters have
+been set. In all other cases, you must return FALSE.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::PrepareToRecord}\label{wxsoundfilestreampreparetorecord}
+\func{bool}{PrepareToRecord}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::FinishRecording}\label{wxsoundfilestreamfinishrecording}
+\func{bool}{FinishRecording}{\void}
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::RepositionStream}\label{wxsoundfilestreamrepositionstream}
+\func{bool}{RepositionStream}{\param{wxUint32 }{position}}
+
+This is called by wxSoundFileStream::SetPosition to seek the input stream
+to the right position. This must be overidden by the file codec class.
+The position is relative to the beginning of the samples.
+If it is impossible (as for a piped input stream), you must return FALSE.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::FinishPreparation}\label{wxsoundfilestreamfinishpreparation}
+\func{void}{FinishPreparation}{\param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+This is an internal function but it must called by the file codec class when
+the "playing" preparation is finished and you know the size of the stream.
+If it is an {\it infinite} stream, you should set this to wxSOUND\_INFINITE\_TIME.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::GetData}\label{wxsoundfilestreamgetdata}
+\func{wxUint32}{GetData}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+This is called by wxSoundFileStream when it needs to get new sound data to
+send to the device driver (or to a conversion codec). This must be eventually
+overidden by the file codec class. The default behaviour is simply to read from
+the input stream.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFileStream::PutData}\label{wxsoundfilestreamputdata}
+\func{wxUint32}{PutData}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+This is called by wxSoundFileStream when it needs to put new sound data received
+from the device driver (or from a conversion codec). This must be eventually
+overidden by the file codec class. The default behaviour is simply to write to
+the input stream.

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndfpcm.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndpcm.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:33
+%
+
+
+\section{\class{wxSoundFormatPcm}}\label{wxsoundformatpcm}
+
+
+PCM specification class
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxSoundFormatBase}{wxsoundformatbase}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::wxSoundFormatPcm}\label{wxsoundformatpcmwxsoundformatpcm}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundFormatPcm}{\param{wxUint32 }{srate = 22500}, \param{wxUint8 }{bps = 8}, \param{wxUint16 }{channels = 2}, \param{bool }{sign = TRUE}, \param{int }{order = wxLITTLE\_ENDIAN}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::\destruct{wxSoundFormatPcm}}\label{wxsoundformatpcmdtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundFormatPcm}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::SetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatpcmsetsamplerate}
+
+\func{void}{SetSampleRate}{\param{wxUint32 }{srate}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::SetBPS}\label{wxsoundformatpcmsetbps}
+
+\func{void}{SetBPS}{\param{wxUint8 }{bps}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::SetChannels}\label{wxsoundformatpcmsetchannels}
+
+\func{void}{SetChannels}{\param{wxUint16 }{nchannels}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::SetOrder}\label{wxsoundformatpcmsetorder}
+
+\func{void}{SetOrder}{\param{int }{order}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::Signed}\label{wxsoundformatpcmsigned}
+
+\func{void}{Signed}{\param{bool }{sign}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetsamplerate}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetBPS}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetbps}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetBPS}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetChannels}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetchannels}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint16}{GetChannels}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetOrder}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetorder}
+
+\constfunc{int}{GetOrder}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::Signed}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetsigned}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{Signed}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetType}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgettype}
+
+\constfunc{wxSoundFormatType}{GetType}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::Clone}\label{wxsoundformatpcmclone}
+
+\constfunc{wxSoundFormatBase*}{Clone}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetTimeFromBytes}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgettimefrombytes}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetTimeFromBytes}{\param{wxUint32 }{bytes}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::GetBytesFromTime}\label{wxsoundformatpcmgetbytesfromtime}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBytesFromTime}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatPcm::operator!}\label{wxsoundformatpcmoperatornot}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{operator!}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{frmt2}}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndfrmt.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndbase.h at 26/Feb/00 14:23:29
+%
+
+
+\section{\class{wxSoundFormatBase}}\label{wxsoundformatbase}
+
+
+Base class for sound format specification
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+No base class
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+{\small \begin{verbatim}
+typedef enum {
+  wxSOUND\_NOFORMAT,
+  wxSOUND\_PCM,
+  wxSOUND\_ULAW,
+  wxSOUND\_G72X,
+  wxSOUND\_MSADPCM
+} wxSoundFormatType
+\end{verbatim}}
+
+wxSoundFormatType: it specifies the format family of the sound data
+which will be passed to the stream.
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::wxSoundFormatBase}\label{wxsoundformatbasewxsoundformatbase}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundFormatBase}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::\destruct{wxSoundFormatBase}}\label{wxsoundformatbasedtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundFormatBase}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::GetType}\label{wxsoundformatbasegettype}
+
+\constfunc{wxSoundFormatType}{GetType}{\void}
+
+It returns a "standard" format type.
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::Clone}\label{wxsoundformatbaseclone}
+
+\constfunc{wxSoundFormatBase*}{Clone}{\void}
+
+It clones the current format.
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::GetTimeFromBytes}\label{wxsoundformatbasegettimefrombytes}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetTimeFromBytes}{\param{wxUint32 }{bytes}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::GetBytesFromTime}\label{wxsoundformatbasegetbytesfromtime}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBytesFromTime}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatBase::operator!=}\label{wxsoundformatbaseoperatorneq}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{operator!=}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{frmt2}}

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndfulaw.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndulaw.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:25
+%
+
+
+\section{\class{wxSoundFormatUlaw}}\label{wxsoundformatulaw}
+
+
+ULAW format
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxSoundFormatBase}{wxsoundformatbase}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::wxSoundFormatUlaw}\label{wxsoundformatulawwxsoundformatulaw}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundFormatUlaw}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::\destruct{wxSoundFormatUlaw}}\label{wxsoundformatulawdtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundFormatUlaw}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::SetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatulawsetsamplerate}
+
+\func{void}{SetSampleRate}{\param{wxUint32 }{srate}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::GetSampleRate}\label{wxsoundformatulawgetsamplerate}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::SetChannels}\label{wxsoundformatulawsetchannels}
+
+\func{void}{SetChannels}{\param{wxUint8 }{channels}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::GetChannels}\label{wxsoundformatulawgetchannels}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetChannels}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::GetType}\label{wxsoundformatulawgettype}
+
+\constfunc{wxSoundFormatType}{GetType}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::Clone}\label{wxsoundformatulawclone}
+
+\constfunc{wxSoundFormatBase*}{Clone}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::GetTimeFromBytes}\label{wxsoundformatulawgettimefrombytes}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetTimeFromBytes}{\param{wxUint32 }{bytes}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::GetBytesFromTime}\label{wxsoundformatulawgetbytesfromtime}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBytesFromTime}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundFormatUlaw::operator!=}\label{wxsoundformatulawoperatorneq}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{operator!=}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{frmt2}}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndg72x.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndg72x.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:19
+%
+
+
+\section{\class{wxSoundStreamG72X}}\label{wxsoundstreamg72x}
+
+
+ULAW converter class
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxSoundStreamCodec}{wxsoundstreamcodec}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::wxSoundStreamG72X}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xwxsoundstreamg72x}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundStreamG72X}{\param{wxSoundStream\& }{sndio}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::\destruct{wxSoundStreamG72X}}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xdtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamG72X}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xread}
+
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xwrite}
+
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xsetsoundformat}
+
+\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::PutBits}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xputbits}
+
+\func{void}{PutBits}{\param{wxUint8 }{bits}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamG72X::GetBits}\label{wxsoundstreamg72xgetbits}
+
+\func{wxUint8}{GetBits}{\void}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndoss.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndoss.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:53
+%
+
+
+\section{\class{wxSoundStreamOSS}}\label{wxsoundstreamoss}
+
+
+OSS output class
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxSoundStream}{wxsoundstream}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::wxSoundStreamOSS}\label{wxsoundstreamosswxsoundstreamoss}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundStreamOSS}{\param{const wxString\& }{dev\_name = \_T("/dev/dsp")}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::\destruct{wxSoundStreamOSS}}\label{wxsoundstreamossdtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamOSS}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamossread}
+
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamosswrite}
+
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::GetBestSize}\label{wxsoundstreamossgetbestsize}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBestSize}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamosssetsoundformat}
+
+\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamossstartproduction}
+
+\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamossstopproduction}
+
+\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::QueueFilled}\label{wxsoundstreamossqueuefilled}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{QueueFilled}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamOSS::WakeUpEvt}\label{wxsoundstreamosswakeupevt}
+
+\func{void}{WakeUpEvt}{\param{int }{evt}}
+
+You should not call this.
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndpcm.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndcpcm.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:35
+%
+
+
+\section{\class{wxSoundStreamPcm}}\label{wxsoundstreampcm}
+
+
+PCM converter class
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxSoundStreamCodec}{wxsoundstreamcodec}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+{\small \begin{verbatim}
+typedef void (*ConverterType)(const char *buf\_in, char *buf\_out, wxUint32 len) ConverterType
+\end{verbatim}}
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamPcm::wxSoundStreamPcm}\label{wxsoundstreampcmwxsoundstreampcm}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundStreamPcm}{\param{wxSoundStream\& }{sndio}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamPcm::\destruct{wxSoundStreamPcm}}\label{wxsoundstreampcmdtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamPcm}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamPcm::Read}\label{wxsoundstreampcmread}
+
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamPcm::Write}\label{wxsoundstreampcmwrite}
+
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamPcm::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreampcmsetsoundformat}
+
+\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndrter.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndfile.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:42
+%
+
+
+\section{\class{wxSoundRouterStream}}\label{wxsoundrouterstream}
+
+This is the router "codec" class. It should do codec routing when the device
+driver does not deal with a format.
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxSoundStreamCodec}{wxsoundstreamcodec}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::wxSoundRouterStream}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamwxsoundrouterstream}
+\func{}{wxSoundRouterStream}{\param{wxSoundStream\& }{sndio}}
+
+\helpref{wxSoundCodec}{wxsoundcodec}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::\destruct{wxSoundRouterStream}}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamdtor}
+\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundRouterStream}}{\void}
+
+Destructor.
+
+\membersection{wxSoundRouterStream::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundrouterstreamsetsoundformat}
+\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
+
+SetSoundFormat will first try to setup the device driver with the specified
+format. If this fails, it will try to find a codec which will convert the
+input format to a valid format for the device driver. It uses an internal
+codec database.

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndulaw.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndulaw.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:25
+%
+
+
+\section{\class{wxSoundStreamUlaw}}\label{wxsoundstreamulaw}
+
+
+ULAW converter class
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxSoundStreamCodec}{wxsoundstreamcodec}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::wxSoundStreamUlaw}\label{wxsoundstreamulawwxsoundstreamulaw}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundStreamUlaw}{\param{wxSoundStream\& }{sndio}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::\destruct{wxSoundStreamUlaw}}\label{wxsoundstreamulawdtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamUlaw}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamulawread}
+
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamulawwrite}
+
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamulawsetsoundformat}
+
+\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{const wxSoundFormatBase\& }{format}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamUlaw::GetBestSize}\label{wxsoundstreamulawgetbestsize}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBestSize}{\void}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndwave.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndwav.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:40
+%
+
+
+\section{\class{wxSoundWave}}\label{wxsoundwave}
+
+
+WAVE codec
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxSoundFileStream}{wxsoundfilestream}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundWave::wxSoundWave}\label{wxsoundwavewxsoundwave}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundWave}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundWave}{\param{wxOutputStream\& }{stream}, \param{wxSoundStream\& }{io\_sound}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundWave::\destruct{wxSoundWave}}\label{wxsoundwavedtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundWave}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundWave::CanRead}\label{wxsoundwavecanread}
+
+\func{bool}{CanRead}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundWave::GetCodecName}\label{wxsoundwavegetcodecname}
+
+\constfunc{wxString}{GetCodecName}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundWave::PrepareToPlay}\label{wxsoundwavepreparetoplay}
+
+\func{bool}{PrepareToPlay}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundWave::PrepareToRecord}\label{wxsoundwavepreparetorecord}
+
+\func{bool}{PrepareToRecord}{\param{wxUint32 }{time}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundWave::FinishRecording}\label{wxsoundwavefinishrecording}
+
+\func{bool}{FinishRecording}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundWave::RepositionStream}\label{wxsoundwaverepositionstream}
+
+\func{bool}{RepositionStream}{\param{wxUint32 }{position}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundWave::GetData}\label{wxsoundwavegetdata}
+
+\func{wxUint32}{GetData}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundWave::PutData}\label{wxsoundwaveputdata}
+
+\func{wxUint32}{PutData}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundWave::HandleOutputPCM}\label{wxsoundwavehandleoutputpcm}
+
+\func{bool}{HandleOutputPCM}{\param{wxDataInputStream\& }{data}, \param{wxUint16 }{channels}, \param{wxUint32 }{sample\_fq}, \param{wxUint32 }{byte\_p\_sec}, \param{wxUint16 }{byte\_p\_spl}, \param{wxUint16 }{bits\_p\_spl}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundWave::HandleOutputG721}\label{wxsoundwavehandleoutputg721}
+
+\func{bool}{HandleOutputG721}{\param{wxDataInputStream\& }{data}, \param{wxUint16 }{channels}, \param{wxUint32 }{sample\_fq}, \param{wxUint32 }{byte\_p\_sec}, \param{wxUint16 }{byte\_p\_spl}, \param{wxUint16 }{bits\_p\_spl}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundWave::HandleInputPCM}\label{wxsoundwavehandleinputpcm}
+
+\func{wxSoundFormatBase*}{HandleInputPCM}{\param{wxDataOutputStream\& }{data}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundWave::HandleInputG72X}\label{wxsoundwavehandleinputg72x}
+
+\func{wxSoundFormatBase*}{HandleInputG72X}{\param{wxDataOutputStream\& }{data}}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/sndwin.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/sndwin.h at 26/Feb/00 14:26:51
+%
+
+
+\section{\class{wxSoundStreamWin}}\label{wxsoundstreamwin}
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxSoundStream}{wxsoundstream}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+{\small \begin{verbatim}
+typedef struct \_wxSoundInternal wxSoundInternal
+\end{verbatim}}
+
+{\small \begin{verbatim}
+typedef struct \_wxSoundInfoHeader wxSoundInfoHeader
+\end{verbatim}}
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::wxSoundStreamWin}\label{wxsoundstreamwinwxsoundstreamwin}
+
+\func{}{wxSoundStreamWin}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::\destruct{wxSoundStreamWin}}\label{wxsoundstreamwindtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxSoundStreamWin}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::Write}\label{wxsoundstreamwinwrite}
+
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Write}{\param{const void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::Read}\label{wxsoundstreamwinread}
+
+\func{wxSoundStream\&}{Read}{\param{void* }{buffer}, \param{wxUint32 }{len}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::SetSoundFormat}\label{wxsoundstreamwinsetsoundformat}
+
+\func{bool}{SetSoundFormat}{\param{wxSoundFormatBase\& }{base}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::StartProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamwinstartproduction}
+
+\func{bool}{StartProduction}{\param{int }{evt}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::StopProduction}\label{wxsoundstreamwinstopproduction}
+
+\func{bool}{StopProduction}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::QueueFilled}\label{wxsoundstreamwinqueuefilled}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{QueueFilled}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::NotifyDoneBuffer}\label{wxsoundstreamwinnotifydonebuffer}
+
+\func{void}{NotifyDoneBuffer}{\param{wxUint32 }{dev\_handle}, \param{int }{flag}}
+
+Internal but defined as public
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::GetBestSize}\label{wxsoundstreamwingetbestsize}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetBestSize}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::CreateSndWindow}\label{wxsoundstreamwincreatesndwindow}
+
+\func{void}{CreateSndWindow}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::DestroySndWindow}\label{wxsoundstreamwindestroysndwindow}
+
+\func{void}{DestroySndWindow}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::OpenDevice}\label{wxsoundstreamwinopendevice}
+
+\func{bool}{OpenDevice}{\param{int }{mode}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::CloseDevice}\label{wxsoundstreamwinclosedevice}
+
+\func{void}{CloseDevice}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::AllocHeader}\label{wxsoundstreamwinallocheader}
+
+\func{wxSoundInfoHeader*}{AllocHeader}{\param{int }{mode}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::FreeHeader}\label{wxsoundstreamwinfreeheader}
+
+\func{void}{FreeHeader}{\param{wxSoundInfoHeader* }{header}, \param{int }{mode}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::AllocHeaders}\label{wxsoundstreamwinallocheaders}
+
+\func{bool}{AllocHeaders}{\param{int }{mode}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::FreeHeaders}\label{wxsoundstreamwinfreeheaders}
+
+\func{void}{FreeHeaders}{\param{int }{mode}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::WaitFor}\label{wxsoundstreamwinwaitfor}
+
+\func{void}{WaitFor}{\param{wxSoundInfoHeader* }{info}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::AddToQueue}\label{wxsoundstreamwinaddtoqueue}
+
+\func{bool}{AddToQueue}{\param{wxSoundInfoHeader* }{info}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::ClearHeader}\label{wxsoundstreamwinclearheader}
+
+\func{void}{ClearHeader}{\param{wxSoundInfoHeader* }{info}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::NextFragmentOutput}\label{wxsoundstreamwinnextfragmentoutput}
+
+\func{wxSoundInfoHeader*}{NextFragmentOutput}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxSoundStreamWin::NextFragmentInput}\label{wxsoundstreamwinnextfragmentinput}
+
+\func{wxSoundInfoHeader*}{NextFragmentInput}{\void}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/tex2rtf.ini

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+;    Last change:  JAC  13 Oct 100    5:16 pm
+runTwice = yes
+titleFontSize = 12
+authorFontSize = 10
+chapterFontSize = 12
+sectionFontSize = 12
+subsectionFontSize = 12
+headerRule = yes
+footerRule = yes
+useHeadingStyles = yes
+listItemIndent=40
+generateHPJ = yes
+htmlBrowseButtons = bitmap
+winHelpVersion = 3
+winHelpContents = yes
+winHelpTitle = "MMedia Manual"
+truncateFilenames = no
+combineSubSections = yes
+\overview [2] {\rtfonly{See also }\settransparency{on}\sethotspotcolour{off}\sethotspotunderline{on}\winhelponly{\image{}{books.bmp}\settransparency{off}}
+\htmlonly{\image{}{books.gif}}\helpref{#1}{#2}
+\sethotspotcolour{on}\sethotspotunderline{on}}
+\docparam [2]{\parskip{0}{\it #1}\htmlignore{\par}\parskip{10}\indented{1cm}{#2}}
+\wxheading [1]{{\bf \htmlignore{\fcol{blue}{#1}}\htmlonly{\fcol{red}{#1}}}}
+\const [0] {{\bf const}}
+\constfunc [3] {{\bf #1} {\bf #2}(#3) {\bf const}\index{#2}}
+\windowstyle [1] {{\bf #1}\index{#1}}
+
+;;
+;; These two are for generating MS HTML Help project, contents and index files.
+;;
+htmlWorkshopFiles = true
+htmlIndex = true
+\pythonnote [1] {{\bf \fcol{blue}{wxPython note:}} #1}
+%\pythonnote [1] {}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/texhelp.sty

@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
+% LaTeX style file
+% Name:   texhelp.sty
+% Author: Julian Smart
+%
+% Purpose
+% -------
+% Style file to enable the simultaneous preparation of printed LaTeX and on-line
+% hypertext manuals.
+% Use in conjunction with Tex2RTF (see Tex2RTF documentation).
+%
+% Note that if a non-ASCII character starts a newline and there should be a space
+% between the last word on the previous line and the first word on this line,
+% you need to use \rtfsp to generate a space in Windows Help. \rtfsp is ignored
+% in all other formats.
+%
+% Julian Smart
+% Artificial Intelligence Applications Institute
+%
+%
+% ============== C++/CLIPS Documentation Facilities ==============
+%
+% Each class definition should be typeset with e.g.
+%
+% \section{\class{Name}: Parent}
+%
+% followed by a description of the class.
+% Each member should follow:
+%
+% \membersection{wxName::Member}
+%
+% with a description of what this member does.
+% Then, one (or more if overloaded) member (function) in detail:
+%
+% \func{return type}{name}{args}
+% or
+% \member{type}{name}
+%
+% where args is a list of \param{type}{name}, ...
+
+% Function, e.g.
+% e.g. to typeset
+%
+% void DoIt(char *string);
+%
+% write:
+%
+% \func{void}{DoIt}{\param{char *}{string}}
+%
+
+\newcommand{\func}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
+{{\it #1} {\bf #2}\index{#2}}(#3)}
+
+% For function/type definition where the name is a pointer,
+% e.g. to typeset
+%
+% typedef void (*wxFunction)(wxObject&)
+%
+% write:
+%
+% \pfunc{typedef void}{wxFunction}{param{wxObject&}}
+
+\newcommand{\pfunc}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
+{{\it #1} ({\bf *#2})\index{#2}}(#3)}
+
+% Use an ordinary \section command for class name definitions.
+
+% This is used for a member, such as wxBitmap: GetDepth
+\newcommand{\membersection}[1]{\subsection*{#1}\index{#1}}
+
+% CLIPS function
+\newcommand{\clipsfunc}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
+{{\bf #1} ({\bf #2}\index{#2}}#3)}
+
+\newcommand{\clipssection}[1]{\chapter{#1}}
+
+% This is used for a CLIPS function name
+\newcommand{\functionsection}[1]{\subsection*{#1}}
+
+% Member: a type and a name
+\newcommand{\member}[2]{{\bf #1 \it #2}}
+
+% C++ Parameter: a type and a name (no intervening space)
+\newcommand{\param}[2]{{\it #1}{\bf #2}}
+
+% CLIPS Parameter: a type and a name (one intervening space)
+\newcommand{\cparam}[2]{{\bf #1} {\it #2}}
+
+% Class: puts in index
+\newcommand{\class}[1]{#1\index{#1}}
+
+%\newcommand{\docparam}[2]{\parskip=0pt {\it #1}\par\parskip=10pt\begin{indented}{1cm}{#2}\end{indented}}
+
+% Void type
+\newcommand{\void}{{\it void}}
+
+% Typeset destructor
+\newcommand{\destruct}[1]{{$\sim$}#1}
+
+% Typeset insert/extract operators
+\newcommand{\cinsert}{$<<$}
+\newcommand{\cextract}{$>>$}
+
+
+% =================== Hypertext facilities ===================
+%
+% To insert hyperlinks (or references, in Latex), \label the sections
+% or membersections \label{ref-label} immediately after the section, on the same line,
+% and use \helpref{text-to-show}{ref-label} to make a reference.
+%
+
+% Type text with section reference
+\newcommand{\helpref}[2]{{\it #1} (p.\ \pageref{#2}) }
+
+% Type text with URL in verbatim mode
+\newcommand{\urlref}[2]{#1 (\verb$#2$)}
+
+% Don't typeset section number in LaTeX
+\newcommand{\helprefn}[2]{{\it #1}}
+
+% Like helpref, but popup text in WinHelp instead of hyperlinked
+\newcommand{\popref}[2]{{\it #1}}
+
+% Like footnote, but popup text.
+\newcommand{\footnotepopup}[2]{{\it #1}\footnote{#2}}
+
+% =================== On-line help specific macros ===================
+%
+
+% Global document font size/family, help only.
+\newcommand{\helpfontsize}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\helpfontfamily}[1]{}
+
+% Ignore in all on-line help
+\newcommand{\helpignore}[1]{#1}
+% Only print in all on-line help
+\newcommand{\helponly}[1]{}
+
+% Ignore in LaTeX
+\newcommand{\latexignore}[1]{}
+% Only print in LaTeX
+\newcommand{\latexonly}[1]{#1}
+
+% Ignore in linear RTF
+\newcommand{\rtfignore}[1]{#1}
+% Only print in linear RTF
+\newcommand{\rtfonly}[1]{}
+
+% Ignore in WinHelp RTF
+\newcommand{\winhelpignore}[1]{#1}
+% Only print in WinHelp RTF
+\newcommand{\winhelponly}[1]{}
+
+% Ignore in wxHelp
+\newcommand{\xlpignore}[1]{#1}
+% Only print in wxHelp
+\newcommand{\xlponly}[1]{}
+
+% Ignore in HTML
+\newcommand{\htmlignore}[1]{#1}
+% Only print in HTML
+\newcommand{\htmlonly}[1]{}
+
+% Input a file only for help system (binder thickness is not a limitation
+% in help systems!)
+\newcommand{\helpinput}[1]{}
+
+\newcommand{\rtfsp}{ } % Force a space in RTF, ignore in Latex
+
+% =================== Miscellaneous macros ===================
+%
+% Headings consistent with generated ones
+\newcommand{\myheading}[1]{\vspace*{25pt}
+\begin{flushleft}
+{\LARGE \bf #1}
+\end{flushleft}
+\vskip 20pt
+}
+
+% Heading with entry in contents page.
+\newcommand{\chapterheading}[1]{\myheading{#1}
+\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}}
+
+\newcommand{\sectionheading}[1]{\myheading{#1}
+\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}}
+
+% Glossary environment
+\newenvironment{helpglossary}{\newpage\chapterheading{Glossary}\begin{description}}{\end{description}}
+
+% Glossary entry
+\newcommand{\gloss}[1]{\item[#1]\index{#1}}
+
+% Image: EPS in Latex, BMP or MF (whatever's available) in RTF. Requires psbox.
+\newcommand{\image}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
+
+% Image, left aligned (HTML)
+\newcommand{\imager}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
+
+% Image, right aligned (HTML)
+\newcommand{\imagel}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
+
+% Imagemap: principally for HTML only. In Latex,
+% acts like \image.
+\newcommand{\imagemap}[3]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
+
+% Headers and footers
+% \setheader{EvenPageLeft}{EvenPageCentre}{EvenPageRight}
+% {OddPageLeft}{OddPageCentre}{OddPageRight}
+\newcommand{\setheader}[6]{
+\lhead[\fancyplain{}{#1}]{\fancyplain{}{#4}}
+\chead[\fancyplain{}{#2}]{\fancyplain{}{#5}}
+\rhead[\fancyplain{}{#3}]{\fancyplain{}{#6}}
+}
+
+% \setfooter{EvenPageLeft}{EvenPageCentre}{EvenPageRight}
+% {OddPageLeft}{OddPageCentre}{OddPageRight}
+\newcommand{\setfooter}[6]{
+\lfoot[\fancyplain{#1}{#1}]{\fancyplain{#4}{#4}}
+\cfoot[\fancyplain{#2}{#2}]{\fancyplain{#5}{#5}}
+\rfoot[\fancyplain{#3}{#3}]{\fancyplain{#6}{#6}}
+}
+
+% Needed for telling RTF where margin paragraph should go
+% in mirrored margins mode.
+\newcommand{\marginpareven}[1]{\hspace*{0pt}\marginpar{#1}}
+\newcommand{\marginparodd}[1]{\hspace*{0pt}\marginpar{#1}}
+
+% Environment for two-column table popular in WinHelp and manuals.
+\newcommand{\twocolwidtha}[1]{\def\twocolwidthaval{#1}}
+\newcommand{\twocolwidthb}[1]{\def\twocolwidthbval{#1}}
+\newcommand{\twocolspacing}[1]{\def\twocolspacingval{#1}}
+
+\twocolwidtha{3cm}
+\twocolwidthb{8.5cm}
+\twocolspacing{2}
+
+\newcommand{\twocolitem}[2]{#1 & #2\\}
+\newcommand{\twocolitemruled}[2]{#1 & #2\\\hline}
+
+\newenvironment{twocollist}{\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{\twocolspacingval}\begin{tabular}{lp{\twocolwidthbval}}}%
+{\end{tabular}\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1}}
+
+% Specifying table rows for RTF compatibility
+\newcommand{\row}[1]{#1\\}
+
+% Use for the last ruled row for correct RTF generation.
+\newcommand{\ruledrow}[1]{#1\\\hline}
+
+% Indentation environment. Arg1 is left margin size
+\newenvironment{indented}[1]{\begin{list}{}{\leftmargin=#1}\item[]}%
+{\end{list}}
+
+% Framed box of text, normal formatting.
+\newcommand{\normalbox}[1]{\fbox{\vbox{#1}}}
+% Double-framed box of text.
+\newcommand{\normalboxd}[1]{\fbox{\fbox{\vbox{#1}}}}
+
+% WITHDRAWN -- can't do in RTF, easily.
+% Framed box of text, horizontally centred. Ragged right within box.
+% \newcommand{\centeredbox}[2]{\begin{center}\fbox{\parbox{#1}{\raggedright#2}}\end{center}}
+% Double-framed box of text, horizontally centred. Ragged right within box.
+% \newcommand{\centeredboxd}[2]{\begin{center}\fbox{\fbox{\parbox{#1}{\raggedright#2}}}\end{center}}
+
+% toocomplex environment: simply prints the argument in LaTeX,
+% comes out verbatim in all generated formats.
+\newenvironment{toocomplex}{}{}
+
+% Colour: dummy commands since LaTeX doesn't support colour.
+% \definecolour{name}{red}{blue}{green}
+% \fcol{name}{text} ; Foreground
+% \bcol{name}{text} ; Background
+\newcommand{\definecolour}[4]{}
+\newcommand{\definecolor}[4]{}
+\newcommand{\fcol}[2]{#2}
+\newcommand{\bcol}[2]{#2}
+\newcommand{\sethotspotcolour}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\sethotspotunderline}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\settransparency}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\backslashraw}[0]{}
+\newcommand{\lbraceraw}[0]{}
+\newcommand{\rbraceraw}[0]{}
+\newcommand{\registered}[0]{(r)}
+\newcommand{\background}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\textcolour}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\overview}[2]{See \helpref{#1}{#2}.}
+\newcommand{\docparam}[2]{{\it #1}\begin{list}{}{\leftmargin=1cm}\item[]
+#2%
+\end{list}}
+\newcommand{\wxheading}[1]{{\bf #1}}
+\newcommand{\const}[0]{{\bf const}}
+\newcommand{\constfunc}[3]{{\bf #1} {\bf #2}(#3) {\bf const}\index{#2}}
+\newcommand{\windowstyle}[1]{{\bf #1}\index{#1}}
+
+\addtolength{\textwidth}{1in}
+\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-0.5in}
+\addtolength{\topmargin}{-0.5in}
+\addtolength{\textheight}{1in}
+\sloppy
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/topics.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+\chapter{Topic overviews}\label{overviews}
+\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
+\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
+
+The following sections describe particular topics.
+
+\section{MMedia extension overview}\label{mmedoverview}
+
+To be written.
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/vidbase.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/vidbase.h at 26/Feb/00 14:51:56
+%
+
+\section{\class{wxVideoBaseDriver}}\label{wxvideobasedriver}
+
+Classes definition
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+wxObject
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+{\small \begin{verbatim}
+typedef enum {
+  wxVIDEO\_MSAVI,
+  wxVIDEO\_MPEG,
+  wxVIDEO\_QT,
+  wxVIDEO\_GIF,
+  wxVIDEO\_JMOV,
+  wxVIDEO\_FLI,
+  wxVIDEO\_IFF,
+  wxVIDEO\_SGI,
+  wxVIDEO\_MPEG2
+} wxVideoType
+\end{verbatim}}
+
+wxMMedia2 (video) types
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::wxVideoBaseDriver}\label{wxvideobasedriverwxvideobasedriver}
+
+\func{}{wxVideoBaseDriver}{\void}
+
+Ctors
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::wxVideoBaseDriver}\label{wxvideobasedriverwxvideobasedriver}
+
+\func{}{wxVideoBaseDriver}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{str}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::wxVideoBaseDriver}\label{wxvideobasedriverwxvideobasedriver}
+
+\func{}{wxVideoBaseDriver}{\param{const wxString\& }{filename}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::\destruct{wxVideoBaseDriver}}\label{wxvideobasedriverdtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxVideoBaseDriver}}{\void}
+
+Dtor
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::Play}\label{wxvideobasedriverplay}
+
+\func{bool}{Play}{\void}
+
+Usual functions ... They all return FALSE in case of errors.
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::Stop}\label{wxvideobasedriverstop}
+
+\func{bool}{Stop}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::Pause}\label{wxvideobasedriverpause}
+
+\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::Resume}\label{wxvideobasedriverresume}
+
+\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::SetSize}\label{wxvideobasedriversetsize}
+
+\func{bool}{SetSize}{\param{wxSize }{size}}
+
+Size management
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetSize}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetsize}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{GetSize}{\param{wxSize\& }{size}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::IsCapable}\label{wxvideobasedriveriscapable}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{IsCapable}{\param{wxVideoType }{WXUNUSED(v\_type)}}
+
+Test the capability of the driver to handle the specified type
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetMovieCodec}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetmoviecodec}
+
+\constfunc{wxString}{GetMovieCodec}{\void}
+
+Return the video codec name
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetAudioCodec}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetaudiocodec}
+
+\constfunc{wxString}{GetAudioCodec}{\void}
+
+Return the audio codec name
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetSampleRate}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetsamplerate}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
+
+Return misc info about audio
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetChannels}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetchannels}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetChannels}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetBPS}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetbps}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetBPS}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetFrameRate}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetframerate}
+
+\constfunc{double}{GetFrameRate}{\void}
+
+Return frame rate
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::GetNbFrames}\label{wxvideobasedrivergetnbframes}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetNbFrames}{\void}
+
+Return number of frames
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::OnFinished}\label{wxvideobasedriveronfinished}
+
+\func{void}{OnFinished}{\void}
+
+Called when the movie finished
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::AttachOutput}\label{wxvideobasedriverattachoutput}
+
+\func{bool}{AttachOutput}{\param{wxWindow\& }{output}}
+
+Attaches the video output to a window. The video will be shown in that window.
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::DetachOutput}\label{wxvideobasedriverdetachoutput}
+
+\func{void}{DetachOutput}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::IsPaused}\label{wxvideobasedriverispaused}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{IsPaused}{\void}
+
+They return the state of the movie.
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoBaseDriver::IsStopped}\label{wxvideobasedriverisstopped}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{IsStopped}{\void}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/vidwin.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/vidwin.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:03
+%
+
+
+\section{\class{wxVideoWindows}}\label{wxvideowindows}
+
+
+
+Class definition
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxVideoBaseDriver}{wxvideobasedriver}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+{\small \begin{verbatim}
+typedef struct VIDW\_Internal {
+    MCIDEVICEID m\_dev\_id
+};
+\end{verbatim}}
+
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::OpenFile}\label{wxvideowindowsopenfile}
+
+\func{void}{OpenFile}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::wxVideoWindows}\label{wxvideowindowswxvideowindows}
+
+\func{}{wxVideoWindows}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::wxVideoWindows}\label{wxvideowindowswxvideowindows}
+
+\func{}{wxVideoWindows}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{str}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::wxVideoWindows}\label{wxvideowindowswxvideowindows}
+
+\func{}{wxVideoWindows}{\param{const wxString\& }{fname}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::\destruct{wxVideoWindows}}\label{wxvideowindowsdtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxVideoWindows}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::Play}\label{wxvideowindowsplay}
+
+\func{bool}{Play}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::Stop}\label{wxvideowindowsstop}
+
+\func{bool}{Stop}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::Pause}\label{wxvideowindowspause}
+
+\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::Resume}\label{wxvideowindowsresume}
+
+\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetSize}\label{wxvideowindowsgetsize}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{GetSize}{\param{wxSize\& }{size}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::SetSize}\label{wxvideowindowssetsize}
+
+\func{bool}{SetSize}{\param{wxSize }{size}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetMovieCodec}\label{wxvideowindowsgetmoviecodec}
+
+\constfunc{wxString}{GetMovieCodec}{\void}
+
+Return codec name for each stream.
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetAudioCodec}\label{wxvideowindowsgetaudiocodec}
+
+\constfunc{wxString}{GetAudioCodec}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetSampleRate}\label{wxvideowindowsgetsamplerate}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
+
+Return misc. info about audio
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetChannels}\label{wxvideowindowsgetchannels}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetChannels}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetBPS}\label{wxvideowindowsgetbps}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetBPS}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetFrameRate}\label{wxvideowindowsgetframerate}
+
+\constfunc{double}{GetFrameRate}{\void}
+
+Return the frame rate of the video (in frames/second)
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::GetNbFrames}\label{wxvideowindowsgetnbframes}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetNbFrames}{\void}
+
+Return the total number of frames in the movie
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::IsCapable}\label{wxvideowindowsiscapable}
+
+\func{bool}{IsCapable}{\param{wxVideoType }{v\_type}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::AttachOutput}\label{wxvideowindowsattachoutput}
+
+\func{bool}{AttachOutput}{\param{wxWindow\& }{output}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::DetachOutput}\label{wxvideowindowsdetachoutput}
+
+\func{void}{DetachOutput}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::IsPaused}\label{wxvideowindowsispaused}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{IsPaused}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoWindows::IsStopped}\label{wxvideowindowsisstopped}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{IsStopped}{\void}
+

contrib/docs/latex/mmedia/vidxanm.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+%
+% automatically generated by HelpGen from
+% /home/guilhem/PROJECTS/wxWindows/utils/wxMMedia2/lib/vidxanm.h at 26/Feb/00 14:52:06
+%
+
+
+\section{\class{wxVideoXANIM}}\label{wxvideoxanim}
+
+
+
+Class definition
+
+\wxheading{Derived from}
+
+\helpref{wxVideoBaseDriver}{wxvideobasedriver}
+
+\wxheading{Data structures}
+
+{\small \begin{verbatim}
+typedef struct wxXANIMinternal {
+    Display *xanim\_dpy
+\end{verbatim}}
+\latexignore{\rtfignore{\wxheading{Members}}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::wxVideoXANIM}\label{wxvideoxanimwxvideoxanim}
+
+\func{}{wxVideoXANIM}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::wxVideoXANIM}\label{wxvideoxanimwxvideoxanim}
+
+\func{}{wxVideoXANIM}{\param{wxInputStream\& }{str}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::wxVideoXANIM}\label{wxvideoxanimwxvideoxanim}
+
+\func{}{wxVideoXANIM}{\param{const wxString\& }{filename}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::\destruct{wxVideoXANIM}}\label{wxvideoxanimdtor}
+
+\func{}{\destruct{wxVideoXANIM}}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::Play}\label{wxvideoxanimplay}
+
+\func{bool}{Play}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::Pause}\label{wxvideoxanimpause}
+
+\func{bool}{Pause}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::Resume}\label{wxvideoxanimresume}
+
+\func{bool}{Resume}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::Stop}\label{wxvideoxanimstop}
+
+\func{bool}{Stop}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::SetVolume}\label{wxvideoxanimsetvolume}
+
+\func{bool}{SetVolume}{\param{wxUint8 }{vol}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::SetSize}\label{wxvideoxanimsetsize}
+
+\func{bool}{SetSize}{\param{wxSize }{size}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetSize}\label{wxvideoxanimgetsize}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{GetSize}{\param{wxSize\& }{size}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetMovieCodec}\label{wxvideoxanimgetmoviecodec}
+
+\constfunc{wxString}{GetMovieCodec}{\void}
+
+Return the video codec name
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetAudioCodec}\label{wxvideoxanimgetaudiocodec}
+
+\constfunc{wxString}{GetAudioCodec}{\void}
+
+Return the audio codec name
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetSampleRate}\label{wxvideoxanimgetsamplerate}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetSampleRate}{\void}
+
+Return misc info about audio
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetChannels}\label{wxvideoxanimgetchannels}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetChannels}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetBPS}\label{wxvideoxanimgetbps}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint8}{GetBPS}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetFrameRate}\label{wxvideoxanimgetframerate}
+
+\constfunc{double}{GetFrameRate}{\void}
+
+Return frame rate
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::GetNbFrames}\label{wxvideoxanimgetnbframes}
+
+\constfunc{wxUint32}{GetNbFrames}{\void}
+
+Return number of frames in the movie
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::IsCapable}\label{wxvideoxanimiscapable}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{IsCapable}{\param{wxVideoType }{v\_type}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::AttachOutput}\label{wxvideoxanimattachoutput}
+
+\func{bool}{AttachOutput}{\param{wxWindow\& }{output}}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::DetachOutput}\label{wxvideoxanimdetachoutput}
+
+\func{void}{DetachOutput}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::IsPaused}\label{wxvideoxanimispaused}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{IsPaused}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::IsStopped}\label{wxvideoxanimisstopped}
+
+\constfunc{bool}{IsStopped}{\void}
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::RestartXANIM}\label{wxvideoxanimrestartxanim}
+
+\func{bool}{RestartXANIM}{\void}
+
+Start the subprocess with the right parameters
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::SendCommand}\label{wxvideoxanimsendcommand}
+
+\func{bool}{SendCommand}{\param{const char* }{command}, \param{char** }{ret = NULL}, \param{wxUint32* }{size = NULL}}
+
+Send a command to the subprocess
+
+
+\membersection{wxVideoXANIM::CollectInfo}\label{wxvideoxanimcollectinfo}
+
+\func{bool}{CollectInfo}{\void}
+
+Collect informations from XAnim
+

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/bugs.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+\chapter{Bugs}\label{bugs}%
+\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
+\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
+
+These are the known bugs.
+
+\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
+\item In the OGLEdit sample, .dia files are output double-spaced
+due to an unidentified bug in the way a stream is converted to a file.
+\end{itemize}
+

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/changes.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+\chapter{Change log}
+\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
+\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
+
+Version 3.0, September 8th 1998
+
+\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
+\item Version for wxWindows 2.0.
+\item Various enhancements especially to wxDrawnShape
+(multiple metafiles, for different orientations).
+\item More ability to override functions e.g. OnSizeDragLeft, so events can be
+intercepted for Do/Undo.
+\end{itemize}
+
+Version 2.0, June 1st 1996
+
+\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
+\item First publicly released version.
+\end{itemize}

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/intro.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+\chapter{Introduction}
+\pagenumbering{arabic}%
+\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
+\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
+
+Object Graphics Library (\ogl) is a C++ library supporting the creation and
+manipulation of simple and complex graphic images on a canvas.
+
+It can be found in the directory {\tt utils/ogl/src} in the
+wxWindows distribution. The file {\tt ogl.h} must be included to make use
+of the library.
+
+Please see \helpref{OGL overview}{ogloverview} for a general description how the object library works. For details,
+please see the \helpref{class reference}{classref}.
+
+\section{File structure}
+
+These are the files that comprise the \ogl\ library.
+
+\begin{description}\itemsep=0pt
+\item[basic.h] Header for basic objects such as wxShape and wxRectangleShape.
+\item[basic.cpp] Basic objects implementation (1).
+\item[basic2.cpp] Basic objects implementation (2).
+\item[bmpshape.h] wxBitmapShape class header.
+\item[bmpshape.cpp] wxBitmapShape implementation.
+\item[canvas.h] wxShapeCanvas class header.
+\item[canvas.cpp] wxShapeCanvas class implementation.
+\item[composit.h] Composite object class header.
+\item[composit.cpp] Composite object class implementation.
+\item[constrnt.h] Constraint classes header.
+\item[constrnt.cpp] Constraint classes implementation.
+\item[divided.h] Divided object class header.
+\item[divided.cpp] Divided object class implementation.
+\item[drawn.h] Drawn (metafile) object class header.
+\item[drawn.cpp] Drawn (metafile) object class implementation.
+\item[graphics.h] Main include file.
+\item[lines.h] wxLineShape class header.
+\item[lines.cpp] wxLineShape class implementation.
+\item[misc.h] Miscellaneous graphics functions header.
+\item[misc.cpp] Miscellaneous graphics functions implementation.
+\item[ogldiag.h] wxDiagram class header.
+\item[ogldiag.cpp] wxDiagram implementation.
+\item[mfutils.h] Metafile utilities header.
+\item[mfutils.cpp] Metafile utilities implementation.
+\end{description}
+
+

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/ogl.hpj

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+[OPTIONS]
+BMROOT=d:\wx2\wxwind~1\contrib\docs\latex\ogl ; Assume that bitmaps are where the source is
+TITLE=OGL Manual
+CONTENTS=Contents
+COMPRESS=HIGH
+
+[FILES]
+ogl.rtf
+
+[CONFIG]
+CreateButton("Up", "&Up", "JumpId(`ogl.hlp', `Contents')")
+BrowseButtons()
+
+[MAP]
+
+[BITMAPS]
+

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/ogl.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+\documentstyle[a4,makeidx,verbatim,texhelp,fancyhea,mysober,mytitle]{report}
+\newcommand{\ogl}[0]{{OGL}}%
+\definecolour{black}{0}{0}{0}%
+\definecolour{cyan}{0}{255}{255}%
+\definecolour{green}{0}{255}{0}%
+\definecolour{magenta}{255}{0}{255}%
+\definecolour{red}{255}{0}{0}%
+\definecolour{blue}{0}{0}{200}%
+\definecolour{yellow}{255}{255}{0}%
+\definecolour{white}{255}{255}{255}%
+\input psbox.tex
+\parindent 0pt
+\parskip 11pt
+\title{Object Graphics Library 3.0}
+\author{Julian Smart}
+\date{September 1998}
+
+\makeindex
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+
+\pagestyle{fancyplain}
+\bibliographystyle{plain}
+\pagenumbering{roman}
+\setheader{{\it CONTENTS}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CONTENTS}}
+\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
+\tableofcontents%
+
+\input{intro.tex}
+%
+\input{sample.tex}
+%
+\input{classes.tex}
+%
+\input{topics.tex}
+%
+\input{bugs.tex}
+%
+\input{changes.tex}
+
+%
+\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Index}
+\setheader{{\it INDEX}}{}{}{}{}{{\it INDEX}}
+\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}%
+\printindex
+\end{document}

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/sample.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+\chapter{OGLEdit: a sample OGL application}\label{ogledit}%
+\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
+\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
+
+OGLEdit is a sample OGL application that allows the user to draw, edit,
+save and load a few shapes. It should clarify aspects of OGL usage, and
+can act as a template for similar applications. OGLEdit can be found in\rtfsp
+{\tt samples/ogledit} in the OGL distribution.
+
+$$\image{10cm;0cm}{ogledit.eps}$$\par
+
+The wxWindows document/view model has been used in OGL, to reduce the amount of
+housekeeping logic required to get it up and running. OGLEdit also provides
+a demonstration of the Undo/Redo capability supported by the document/view classes,
+and how a typical application might implement this feature.
+
+\section{OGLEdit files}
+
+OGLEdit comprises the following source files.
+
+\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
+\item doc.h, doc.cpp: MyDiagram, DiagramDocument, DiagramCommand, MyEvtHandler
+classes related to diagram functionality and documents.
+\item view.h, view.cpp: MyCanvas, DiagramView classes related to visualisation of
+the diagram.
+\item ogledit.h, ogledit.cpp: MyFrame, MyApp classes related to the overall application.
+\item palette.h, palette.cpp: EditorToolPalette implementing the shape palette.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\section{How OGLEdit works}
+
+OGLEdit defines a DiagramDocument class, each of instance of which holds a MyDiagram
+member which itself contains the shapes.
+
+In order to implement specific mouse behaviour for shapes, a class MyEvtHandler is
+defined which is `plugged into' each shape when it is created, instead of overriding each shape class
+individually. This event handler class also holds a label string.
+
+The DiagramCommand class is the key to implementing Undo/Redo. Each instance of DiagramCommand
+stores enough information about an operation (create, delete, change colour etc.) to allow
+it to carry out (or undo) its command. In DiagramView::OnMenuCommand, when the user initiates the
+command, a new DiagramCommand instance is created which is then sent to the document's
+command processor (see wxWindows manual for more information about doc/view and command
+processing).
+
+Apart from menu commands, another way commands are initiated is by the user left-clicking on
+the canvas or right-dragging on a node. MyCanvas::OnLeftClick in view.cpp shows how
+the appropriate wxClassInfo is passed to a DiagramCommand, to allow DiagramCommand::Do
+to create a new shape given the wxClassInfo.
+
+The MyEvtHandler right-drag methods in doc.cpp implement drawing a line between
+two shapes, detecting where the right mouse button was released and looking for a second
+shape. Again, a new DiagramCommand instance is created and passed to the command
+processor to carry out the command.
+
+DiagramCommand::Do and DiagramCommand::Undo embody much of the
+interesting interaction with the OGL library. A complication of note
+when implementing undo is the problem of deleting a node shape which has
+one or more arcs attached to it. If you delete the node, the arc(s)
+should be deleted too. But multiple arc deletion represents more information
+that can be incorporated in the existing DiagramCommand scheme. OGLEdit
+copes with this by treating each arc deletion as a separate command, and
+sending Cut commands recursively, providing an undo path. Undoing such a
+Cut will only undo one command at a time - not a one to one
+correspondence with the original command - but it's a reasonable
+compromise and preserves Do/Undo whilst keeping our DiagramCommand class
+simple.
+
+\section{Possible enhancements}
+
+OGLEdit is very simplistic and does not employ the more advanced features
+of OGL, such as:
+
+\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
+\item attachment points (arcs are drawn to particular points on a shape)
+\item metafile and bitmaps shapes
+\item divided rectangles
+\item composite shapes, and constraints
+\item creating labels in shape regions
+\item arc labels (OGL has support for three movable labels per arc)
+\item spline and multiple-segment line arcs
+\item adding annotations to node and arc shapes
+\item line-straightening (supported by OGL) and alignment (not supported directly by OGL)
+\end{itemize}
+
+These could be added to OGLEdit, at the risk of making it a less
+useful example for beginners.

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/tex2rtf.ini

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+;    Last change:  JAC  13 Oct 100    5:11 pm
+runTwice = yes
+titleFontSize = 12
+authorFontSize = 10
+chapterFontSize = 12
+sectionFontSize = 12
+subsectionFontSize = 12
+headerRule = yes
+footerRule = yes
+useHeadingStyles = yes
+listItemIndent=40
+generateHPJ = no
+htmlBrowseButtons = bitmap
+winHelpVersion = 3
+winHelpContents = yes
+winHelpTitle = "OGL Manual"
+truncateFilenames = yes
+combineSubSections = yes
+\overview [2] {\rtfonly{See also }\settransparency{on}\sethotspotcolour{off}\sethotspotunderline{on}\winhelponly{\image{}{books.bmp}\settransparency{off}}
+\htmlonly{\image{}{books.gif}}\helpref{#1}{#2}
+\sethotspotcolour{on}\sethotspotunderline{on}}
+\docparam [2]{\parskip{0}{\it #1}\htmlignore{\par}\parskip{10}\indented{1cm}{#2}}
+\wxheading [1]{{\bf \htmlignore{\fcol{blue}{#1}}\htmlonly{\fcol{red}{#1}}}}
+\const [0] {{\bf const}}
+\constfunc [3] {{\bf #1} {\bf #2}(#3) {\bf const}\index{#2}}
+\windowstyle [1] {{\bf #1}\index{#1}}
+
+;;
+;; These two are for generating MS HTML Help project, contents and index files.
+;;
+htmlWorkshopFiles = true
+htmlIndex = true
+\pythonnote [1] {{\bf \fcol{blue}{wxPython note:}} #1}
+%\pythonnote [1] {}
+

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/texhelp.sty

@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
+% LaTeX style file
+% Name:   texhelp.sty
+% Author: Julian Smart
+%
+% Purpose
+% -------
+% Style file to enable the simultaneous preparation of printed LaTeX and on-line
+% hypertext manuals.
+% Use in conjunction with Tex2RTF (see Tex2RTF documentation).
+%
+% Note that if a non-ASCII character starts a newline and there should be a space
+% between the last word on the previous line and the first word on this line,
+% you need to use \rtfsp to generate a space in Windows Help. \rtfsp is ignored
+% in all other formats.
+%
+% Julian Smart
+% Artificial Intelligence Applications Institute
+%
+%
+% ============== C++/CLIPS Documentation Facilities ==============
+%
+% Each class definition should be typeset with e.g.
+%
+% \section{\class{Name}: Parent}
+%
+% followed by a description of the class.
+% Each member should follow:
+%
+% \membersection{wxName::Member}
+%
+% with a description of what this member does.
+% Then, one (or more if overloaded) member (function) in detail:
+%
+% \func{return type}{name}{args}
+% or
+% \member{type}{name}
+%
+% where args is a list of \param{type}{name}, ...
+
+% Function, e.g.
+% e.g. to typeset
+%
+% void DoIt(char *string);
+%
+% write:
+%
+% \func{void}{DoIt}{\param{char *}{string}}
+%
+
+\newcommand{\func}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
+{{\it #1} {\bf #2}\index{#2}}(#3)}
+
+% For function/type definition where the name is a pointer,
+% e.g. to typeset
+%
+% typedef void (*wxFunction)(wxObject&)
+%
+% write:
+%
+% \pfunc{typedef void}{wxFunction}{param{wxObject&}}
+
+\newcommand{\pfunc}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
+{{\it #1} ({\bf *#2})\index{#2}}(#3)}
+
+% Use an ordinary \section command for class name definitions.
+
+% This is used for a member, such as wxBitmap: GetDepth
+\newcommand{\membersection}[1]{\subsection*{#1}\index{#1}}
+
+% CLIPS function
+\newcommand{\clipsfunc}[3]{\hangafter=1\noindent\hangindent=10mm
+{{\bf #1} ({\bf #2}\index{#2}}#3)}
+
+\newcommand{\clipssection}[1]{\chapter{#1}}
+
+% This is used for a CLIPS function name
+\newcommand{\functionsection}[1]{\subsection*{#1}}
+
+% Member: a type and a name
+\newcommand{\member}[2]{{\bf #1 \it #2}}
+
+% C++ Parameter: a type and a name (no intervening space)
+\newcommand{\param}[2]{{\it #1}{\bf #2}}
+
+% CLIPS Parameter: a type and a name (one intervening space)
+\newcommand{\cparam}[2]{{\bf #1} {\it #2}}
+
+% Class: puts in index
+\newcommand{\class}[1]{#1\index{#1}}
+
+%\newcommand{\docparam}[2]{\parskip=0pt {\it #1}\par\parskip=10pt\begin{indented}{1cm}{#2}\end{indented}}
+
+% Void type
+\newcommand{\void}{{\it void}}
+
+% Typeset destructor
+\newcommand{\destruct}[1]{{$\sim$}#1}
+
+% Typeset insert/extract operators
+\newcommand{\cinsert}{$<<$}
+\newcommand{\cextract}{$>>$}
+
+
+% =================== Hypertext facilities ===================
+%
+% To insert hyperlinks (or references, in Latex), \label the sections
+% or membersections \label{ref-label} immediately after the section, on the same line,
+% and use \helpref{text-to-show}{ref-label} to make a reference.
+%
+
+% Type text with section reference
+\newcommand{\helpref}[2]{{\it #1} (p.\ \pageref{#2}) }
+
+% Type text with URL in verbatim mode
+\newcommand{\urlref}[2]{#1 (\verb$#2$)}
+
+% Don't typeset section number in LaTeX
+\newcommand{\helprefn}[2]{{\it #1}}
+
+% Like helpref, but popup text in WinHelp instead of hyperlinked
+\newcommand{\popref}[2]{{\it #1}}
+
+% Like footnote, but popup text.
+\newcommand{\footnotepopup}[2]{{\it #1}\footnote{#2}}
+
+% =================== On-line help specific macros ===================
+%
+
+% Global document font size/family, help only.
+\newcommand{\helpfontsize}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\helpfontfamily}[1]{}
+
+% Ignore in all on-line help
+\newcommand{\helpignore}[1]{#1}
+% Only print in all on-line help
+\newcommand{\helponly}[1]{}
+
+% Ignore in LaTeX
+\newcommand{\latexignore}[1]{}
+% Only print in LaTeX
+\newcommand{\latexonly}[1]{#1}
+
+% Ignore in linear RTF
+\newcommand{\rtfignore}[1]{#1}
+% Only print in linear RTF
+\newcommand{\rtfonly}[1]{}
+
+% Ignore in WinHelp RTF
+\newcommand{\winhelpignore}[1]{#1}
+% Only print in WinHelp RTF
+\newcommand{\winhelponly}[1]{}
+
+% Ignore in wxHelp
+\newcommand{\xlpignore}[1]{#1}
+% Only print in wxHelp
+\newcommand{\xlponly}[1]{}
+
+% Ignore in HTML
+\newcommand{\htmlignore}[1]{#1}
+% Only print in HTML
+\newcommand{\htmlonly}[1]{}
+
+% Input a file only for help system (binder thickness is not a limitation
+% in help systems!)
+\newcommand{\helpinput}[1]{}
+
+\newcommand{\rtfsp}{ } % Force a space in RTF, ignore in Latex
+
+% =================== Miscellaneous macros ===================
+%
+% Headings consistent with generated ones
+\newcommand{\myheading}[1]{\vspace*{25pt}
+\begin{flushleft}
+{\LARGE \bf #1}
+\end{flushleft}
+\vskip 20pt
+}
+
+% Heading with entry in contents page.
+\newcommand{\chapterheading}[1]{\myheading{#1}
+\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}}
+
+\newcommand{\sectionheading}[1]{\myheading{#1}
+\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}}
+
+% Glossary environment
+\newenvironment{helpglossary}{\newpage\chapterheading{Glossary}\begin{description}}{\end{description}}
+
+% Glossary entry
+\newcommand{\gloss}[1]{\item[#1]\index{#1}}
+
+% Image: EPS in Latex, BMP or MF (whatever's available) in RTF. Requires psbox.
+\newcommand{\image}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
+
+% Image, left aligned (HTML)
+\newcommand{\imager}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
+
+% Image, right aligned (HTML)
+\newcommand{\imagel}[2]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
+
+% Imagemap: principally for HTML only. In Latex,
+% acts like \image.
+\newcommand{\imagemap}[3]{\psboxto(#1){#2}}
+
+% Headers and footers
+% \setheader{EvenPageLeft}{EvenPageCentre}{EvenPageRight}
+% {OddPageLeft}{OddPageCentre}{OddPageRight}
+\newcommand{\setheader}[6]{
+\lhead[\fancyplain{}{#1}]{\fancyplain{}{#4}}
+\chead[\fancyplain{}{#2}]{\fancyplain{}{#5}}
+\rhead[\fancyplain{}{#3}]{\fancyplain{}{#6}}
+}
+
+% \setfooter{EvenPageLeft}{EvenPageCentre}{EvenPageRight}
+% {OddPageLeft}{OddPageCentre}{OddPageRight}
+\newcommand{\setfooter}[6]{
+\lfoot[\fancyplain{#1}{#1}]{\fancyplain{#4}{#4}}
+\cfoot[\fancyplain{#2}{#2}]{\fancyplain{#5}{#5}}
+\rfoot[\fancyplain{#3}{#3}]{\fancyplain{#6}{#6}}
+}
+
+% Needed for telling RTF where margin paragraph should go
+% in mirrored margins mode.
+\newcommand{\marginpareven}[1]{\hspace*{0pt}\marginpar{#1}}
+\newcommand{\marginparodd}[1]{\hspace*{0pt}\marginpar{#1}}
+
+% Environment for two-column table popular in WinHelp and manuals.
+\newcommand{\twocolwidtha}[1]{\def\twocolwidthaval{#1}}
+\newcommand{\twocolwidthb}[1]{\def\twocolwidthbval{#1}}
+\newcommand{\twocolspacing}[1]{\def\twocolspacingval{#1}}
+
+\twocolwidtha{3cm}
+\twocolwidthb{8.5cm}
+\twocolspacing{2}
+
+\newcommand{\twocolitem}[2]{#1 & #2\\}
+\newcommand{\twocolitemruled}[2]{#1 & #2\\\hline}
+
+\newenvironment{twocollist}{\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{\twocolspacingval}\begin{tabular}{lp{\twocolwidthbval}}}%
+{\end{tabular}\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1}}
+
+% Specifying table rows for RTF compatibility
+\newcommand{\row}[1]{#1\\}
+
+% Use for the last ruled row for correct RTF generation.
+\newcommand{\ruledrow}[1]{#1\\\hline}
+
+% Indentation environment. Arg1 is left margin size
+\newenvironment{indented}[1]{\begin{list}{}{\leftmargin=#1}\item[]}%
+{\end{list}}
+
+% Framed box of text, normal formatting.
+\newcommand{\normalbox}[1]{\fbox{\vbox{#1}}}
+% Double-framed box of text.
+\newcommand{\normalboxd}[1]{\fbox{\fbox{\vbox{#1}}}}
+
+% WITHDRAWN -- can't do in RTF, easily.
+% Framed box of text, horizontally centred. Ragged right within box.
+% \newcommand{\centeredbox}[2]{\begin{center}\fbox{\parbox{#1}{\raggedright#2}}\end{center}}
+% Double-framed box of text, horizontally centred. Ragged right within box.
+% \newcommand{\centeredboxd}[2]{\begin{center}\fbox{\fbox{\parbox{#1}{\raggedright#2}}}\end{center}}
+
+% toocomplex environment: simply prints the argument in LaTeX,
+% comes out verbatim in all generated formats.
+\newenvironment{toocomplex}{}{}
+
+% Colour: dummy commands since LaTeX doesn't support colour.
+% \definecolour{name}{red}{blue}{green}
+% \fcol{name}{text} ; Foreground
+% \bcol{name}{text} ; Background
+\newcommand{\definecolour}[4]{}
+\newcommand{\definecolor}[4]{}
+\newcommand{\fcol}[2]{#2}
+\newcommand{\bcol}[2]{#2}
+\newcommand{\sethotspotcolour}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\sethotspotunderline}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\settransparency}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\backslashraw}[0]{}
+\newcommand{\lbraceraw}[0]{}
+\newcommand{\rbraceraw}[0]{}
+\newcommand{\registered}[0]{(r)}
+\newcommand{\background}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\textcolour}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\overview}[2]{See \helpref{#1}{#2}.}
+\newcommand{\docparam}[2]{{\it #1}\begin{list}{}{\leftmargin=1cm}\item[]
+#2%
+\end{list}}
+\newcommand{\wxheading}[1]{{\bf #1}}
+\newcommand{\const}[0]{{\bf const}}
+\newcommand{\constfunc}[3]{{\bf #1} {\bf #2}(#3) {\bf const}\index{#2}}
+\newcommand{\windowstyle}[1]{{\bf #1}\index{#1}}
+
+\addtolength{\textwidth}{1in}
+\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-0.5in}
+\addtolength{\topmargin}{-0.5in}
+\addtolength{\textheight}{1in}
+\sloppy
+

contrib/docs/latex/ogl/topics.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+\chapter{Topic overviews}
+\setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}%
+\setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage}
+
+The following sections describe particular topics.
+
+\section{OGL overview}\label{ogloverview}
+
+\helpref{wxShapeCanvas}{wxshapecanvas}, derived from {\bf wxCanvas}, is the drawing area
+for a number of \helpref{wxShape}{wxshape} instances. Everything drawn on a
+wxShapeCanvas is derived from wxShape, which provides virtual
+member functions for redrawing, creating and destroying
+resize/selection `handles', movement and erasing behaviour, mouse
+click behaviour, calculating the bounding box of the shape, linking
+nodes with arcs, and so on.
+
+The way a client application copes with `damage' to the canvas is to
+erase (white out) anything should no longer be displayed, redraw the shape,
+and then redraw everything on the canvas to repair any damage. If quick edit
+mode is on for the canvas, the complete should be omitted by OGL and the
+application.
+
+Selection handles (called control points in the code) are implemented as
+wxRectangleShapes.
+
+Events are passed to shapes by the canvas in a high-level form, for example {\bf OnLeftClick},
+{\bf OnBeginDragLeft}, {\bf OnDragLeft}, {\bf OnEndDragLeft}. The canvas decides
+what is a click and what is a drag, whether it is on a shape or the canvas itself,
+and (by interrogating the shape) which attachment point the click is associated with.
+
+In order to provide event-handling flexibility, each shapes has an `event handler' associated with it,
+which by default is the shape itself (all shapes derive from wxShapeEvtHandler).
+An application can modify the event-handling behaviour simply by plugging a new
+event handler into the shape. This can avoid the need for multiple inheritance when
+new properties and behaviour are required for a number of different shape classes: instead
+of overriding each class, one new event handler class can be defined and used for all
+existing shape classes.
+
+A range of shapes have been predefined in the library, including rectangles, ellipses,
+polygons. A client application can derive from these shapes and/or derive entirely
+new shapes from wxShape.
+
+Instances of a class called \helpref{wxDiagram}{wxdiagram} organise collections of
+shapes, providing default file input and output behaviour.
+
+\section{wxDividedShape overview}\label{dividedshapeoverview}
+
+Classes: \helpref{wxDividedShape}{wxdividedshape}
+
+A wxDividedShape is a rectangle with a number of vertical divisions. Each
+division may have its text formatted with independent characteristics, and
+the size of each division relative to the whole image may be specified.
+
+Once a wxDividedShape has been created, the user may move the divisions with the
+mouse. By pressing Ctrl while right-clicking, the region attributes can be edited.
+
+Here are examples of creating wxDividedShape objects:
+
+{\small
+\begin{verbatim}
+  /*
+   * Divided rectangle with 3 regions
+   *
+   */
+
+  wxDividedShape *dividedRect = new wxDividedShape(50, 60);
+
+  wxShapeRegion *region = new wxShapeRegion;
+  region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.25);
+  dividedRect->AddRegion(region);
+
+  region = new wxShapeRegion;
+  region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.5);
+  dividedRect->AddRegion(region);
+
+  region = new wxShapeRegion;
+  region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.25);
+  dividedRect->AddRegion(region);
+  
+  dividedRect->SetSize(50, 60); // Allow it to calculate region sizes
+  dividedRect->SetPen(wxBLACK_PEN);
+  dividedRect->SetBrush(wxWHITE_BRUSH);
+  dividedRect->Show(TRUE);
+  dividedRect->NameRegions();
+
+  /*
+   * Divided rectangle with 3 regions, rounded
+   *
+   */
+
+  wxDividedShape *dividedRect3 = new wxDividedShape(50, 60);
+  dividedRect3->SetCornerRadius(-0.4);
+
+  region = new wxShapeRegion;
+  region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.25);
+  dividedRect3->AddRegion(region);
+
+  region = new wxShapeRegion;
+  region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.5);
+  dividedRect3->AddRegion(region);
+
+  region = new wxShapeRegion;
+  region->SetProportions(0.0, 0.25);
+  dividedRect3->AddRegion(region);
+  
+  dividedRect3->SetSize(50, 60); // Allow it to calculate region sizes
+  dividedRect3->SetPen(wxBLACK_PEN);
+  dividedRect3->SetBrush(wxWHITE_BRUSH);
+  dividedRect3->Show(TRUE);
+  dividedRect3->NameRegions();
+\end{verbatim}
+}
+
+\section{wxCompositeShape overview}\label{compositeshapeoverview}
+
+Classes: \helpref{wxCompositeShape}{wxcompositeshape}, \helpref{wxOGLConstraint}{wxoglconstraint}
+
+The wxCompositeShape allows fairly complex shapes to be created, and maintains
+a set of constraints which specify the layout and proportions of child shapes.
+
+Add child shapes to a wxCompositeShape using \helpref{AddChild}{wxcompositeshapeaddchild}, and
+add constraints using \helpref{AddConstraint}{wxcompositeshapeaddconstraint}.
+
+After children and shapes have been added, call \helpref{Recompute}{wxcompositeshaperecompute} which
+will return TRUE is the constraints could be satisfied, FALSE otherwise. If
+constraints have been correctly and consistently specified, this call will succeed.
+
+If there is more than one child, constraints must be specified: OGL cannot calculate
+the size and position of children otherwise. Don't assume that children will simply
+move relative to the parent without the use of constraints.
+
+To specify a constraint, you need three things:
+
+\begin{enumerate}\itemsep=0pt
+\item a constraint type, such as gyCONSTRAINT\_CENTRED\_VERTICALLY;
+\item a reference shape, with respect to which other shapes are going to be positioned - the\rtfsp
+{\it constraining} shape;
+\item a list of one or more shapes to be constrained: the {\it constrained} shapes.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+The constraining shape can be either the parent of the constrained shapes, or a sibling. The
+constrained shapes must all be siblings of each other.
+
+For an exhaustive list and description of the available constraint types, see the \helpref{wxOGLConstraint constructor}{wxoglconstraintconstr}.
+Note that most constraints operate in one dimension only (vertically or horizontally), so you will
+usually need to specify constraints in pairs.
+
+You can set the spacing between constraining and constrained shapes by
+calling \helpref{wxOGLConstraint::SetSpacing}{wxoglconstraintsetspacing}.
+
+Finally, a wxCompositeShape can have {\it divisions}, which are special child shapes of class
+wxDivisionShape (not to be confused with wxDividedShape). The purpose of this is to allow
+the composite to be divided into user-adjustable regions (divisions) into which other shapes
+can be dropped dynamically, given suitable application code. Divisons allow the child
+shapes to have an identity of their own - they can be manipulated independently of their container -
+but to behave as if they are contained with the division, moving with the parent shape.
+Divisions boundaries can themselves be moved using the mouse.
+
+To create an initial division, call \helpref{wxCompositeShape::MakeContainer}{wxcompositeshapemakecontainer}.
+Make further divisions by calling \helpref{wxDivisionShape::Divide}{wxdivisionshapedivide}.
+

contrib/include/wx/animate/animate.h

@@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        animate.h
+// Purpose:     Animation classes
+// Author:      Julian Smart and Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     13/8/99
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart and Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef _WX_ANIMATEH__
+#define _WX_ANIMATEH__
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "animate.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <wx/defs.h>
+#include <wx/string.h>
+#include <wx/gdicmn.h>
+#include <wx/list.h>
+#include <wx/timer.h>
+
+//#define ANIMDLLEXPORT WXDLLEXPORT
+#define ANIMDLLEXPORT
+
+class ANIMDLLEXPORT wxAnimationBase;
+class ANIMDLLEXPORT wxAnimationPlayer;
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxImage;
+
+enum wxAnimationDisposal
+{
+    wxANIM_UNSPECIFIED = -1,
+    wxANIM_DONOTREMOVE = 0,
+    wxANIM_TOBACKGROUND = 1,
+    wxANIM_TOPREVIOUS = 2
+} ;
+
+class ANIMDLLEXPORT wxAnimationTimer: public wxTimer
+{
+public:
+    wxAnimationTimer() { m_player = (wxAnimationPlayer*) NULL; }
+
+    virtual void Notify();
+    void SetPlayer(wxAnimationPlayer* player) { m_player = player; }
+
+protected:
+    wxAnimationPlayer*  m_player;
+};
+
+/* wxAnimationPlayer
+ * Create an object of this class, and either pass an wxXXXAnimation object in the constructor,
+ * or call SetAnimation. Then call Play().
+ * The wxAnimation object is only destroyed in the destructor if destroyAnimation is TRUE
+ * in the constructor.
+ */
+
+class ANIMDLLEXPORT wxAnimationPlayer : public wxObject
+{
+    DECLARE_CLASS(wxAnimationPlayer)
+
+public:
+    wxAnimationPlayer(wxAnimationBase *animation = (wxAnimationBase *) NULL, bool destroyAnimation = FALSE);
+    ~wxAnimationPlayer();
+//// Accessors
+
+    void SetAnimation(wxAnimationBase* animation, bool destroyAnimation = FALSE);
+    wxAnimationBase* GetAnimation() const { return m_animation; }
+
+    void SetDestroyAnimation(bool destroyAnimation) { m_destroyAnimation = destroyAnimation; };
+    bool GetDestroyAnimation() const { return m_destroyAnimation; }
+
+    void SetCurrentFrame(int currentFrame) { m_currentFrame = currentFrame; };
+    int GetCurrentFrame() const { return m_currentFrame; }
+
+    void SetWindow(wxWindow* window) { m_window = window; };
+    wxWindow* GetWindow() const { return m_window; }
+
+    void SetPosition(const wxPoint& pos) { m_position = pos; };
+    wxPoint GetPosition() const { return m_position; }
+
+    void SetLooped(bool looped) { m_looped = looped; };
+    bool GetLooped() const { return m_looped; }
+
+    bool HasAnimation() const { return (m_animation != (wxAnimationBase*) NULL); }
+
+    bool IsPlaying() const { return m_isPlaying; }
+
+    // Specify whether the GIF's background colour is to be shown,
+    // or whether the window background should show through (the default)
+    void UseBackgroundColour(bool useBackground) { m_useBackgroundColour = useBackground; }
+    bool UsingBackgroundColour() const { return m_useBackgroundColour; }
+
+    // Set and use a user-specified background colour (valid for transparent
+    // animations only)
+    void SetCustomBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col, bool useCustomBackgroundColour = TRUE)
+    { m_customBackgroundColour = col; m_useCustomBackgroundColour = useCustomBackgroundColour; }
+
+    bool UsingCustomBackgroundColour() const { return m_useCustomBackgroundColour; }
+    const wxColour& GetCustomBackgroundColour() const { return m_customBackgroundColour; }
+
+    // Another refinement - suppose we're drawing the animation in a separate
+    // control or window. We may wish to use the background of the parent
+    // window as the background of our animation. This allows us to specify
+    // whether to grab from the parent or from this window.
+    void UseParentBackground(bool useParent) { m_useParentBackground = useParent; }
+    bool UsingParentBackground() const { return m_useParentBackground; }
+
+//// Operations
+
+    // Play
+    virtual bool Play(wxWindow& window, const wxPoint& pos = wxPoint(0, 0), bool looped = TRUE);
+
+    // Build animation (list of wxImages). If not called before Play
+    // is called, Play will call this automatically.
+    virtual bool Build();
+
+    // Stop the animation
+    virtual void Stop();
+
+    // Draw the current view of the animation into this DC.
+    // Call this from your OnPaint, for example.
+    virtual void Draw(wxDC& dc);
+
+//// Accessing the current animation
+
+    virtual int GetFrameCount() const;
+    virtual wxImage* GetFrame(int i) const; // Creates a new wxImage
+    virtual wxAnimationDisposal GetDisposalMethod(int i) const;
+    virtual wxRect GetFrameRect(int i) const; // Position and size of frame
+    virtual int GetDelay(int i) const; // Delay for this frame
+
+    virtual wxSize GetLogicalScreenSize() const;
+    virtual bool GetBackgroundColour(wxColour& col) const ;
+    virtual bool GetTransparentColour(wxColour& col) const ;
+
+//// Implementation
+
+    // Play the frame
+    virtual bool PlayFrame(int frame, wxWindow& window, wxPoint& pos);
+    virtual bool PlayFrame();
+    virtual void DrawFrame(int frame, wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pos);
+    virtual void DrawBackground(wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pos, const wxColour& colour);
+
+    // Clear the wxImage cache
+    virtual void ClearCache();
+
+    // Save the pertinent area of the window so we can restore
+    // it if drawing transparently
+    void SaveBackground(const wxRect& rect);
+
+    wxBitmap& GetBackingStore() { return m_backingStore; }
+
+//// Data members
+protected:
+    wxAnimationBase*    m_animation;
+    bool                m_destroyAnimation; // Destroy m_animation on deletion of this object
+    wxList              m_frames;           // List of cached wxBitmap frames.
+    int                 m_currentFrame;     // Current frame
+    wxWindow*           m_window;           // Window to draw into
+    wxPoint             m_position;         // Position to draw at
+    bool                m_looped;           // Looped, or not
+    wxAnimationTimer    m_timer;            // The timer
+    bool                m_isPlaying;        // Is the animation playing?
+    wxBitmap            m_savedBackground;  // Saved background of window portion
+    wxBitmap            m_backingStore;     // The player draws into this
+    bool                m_useBackgroundColour; // Use colour or background
+    wxColour            m_customBackgroundColour; // Override animation background
+    bool                m_useCustomBackgroundColour;
+    bool                m_useParentBackground; // Grab background from parent?
+};
+
+/* wxAnimationBase
+ * Base class for animations.
+ * A wxXXXAnimation only stores the animation, providing accessors to wxAnimationPlayer.
+ * Currently an animation is read-only, but we could extend the API for adding frames
+ * programmatically, and perhaps have a wxMemoryAnimation class that stores its frames
+ * in memory, and is able to save all files with suitable filenames. You could then use
+ * e.g. Ulead GIF Animator to load the image files into a GIF animation.
+ */
+
+class ANIMDLLEXPORT wxAnimationBase : public wxObject
+{
+    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxAnimationBase)
+
+public:
+    wxAnimationBase() {};
+    ~wxAnimationBase() {};
+
+//// Accessors. Should be overridden by each derived class.
+
+    virtual int GetFrameCount() const = 0;
+    virtual wxImage* GetFrame(int i) const = 0; // Creates a new wxImage
+    virtual wxAnimationDisposal GetDisposalMethod(int i) const = 0;
+    virtual wxRect GetFrameRect(int i) const = 0; // Position and size of frame
+    virtual int GetDelay(int i) const = 0; // Delay for this frame
+
+    virtual wxSize GetLogicalScreenSize() const = 0;
+    virtual bool GetBackgroundColour(wxColour& col) const = 0;
+    virtual bool GetTransparentColour(wxColour& col) const = 0;
+
+    // Is the animation OK?
+    virtual bool IsValid() const = 0;
+
+//// Operations
+
+    virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& filename) { return FALSE; }
+};
+
+/* wxGIFAnimation
+ * This will be moved to a separate file in due course.
+ */
+
+class ANIMDLLEXPORT wxGIFDecoder;
+
+class ANIMDLLEXPORT wxGIFAnimation : public wxAnimationBase
+{
+    DECLARE_CLASS(wxGIFAnimation)
+
+public:
+    wxGIFAnimation() ;
+    ~wxGIFAnimation() ;
+
+//// Accessors
+
+    virtual int GetFrameCount() const;
+    virtual wxImage* GetFrame(int i) const;
+    virtual wxAnimationDisposal GetDisposalMethod(int i) const;
+    virtual wxRect GetFrameRect(int i) const; // Position and size of frame
+    virtual int GetDelay(int i) const; // Delay for this frame
+
+    virtual wxSize GetLogicalScreenSize() const ;
+    virtual bool GetBackgroundColour(wxColour& col) const ;
+    virtual bool GetTransparentColour(wxColour& col) const ;
+
+    virtual bool IsValid() const;
+
+//// Operations
+
+    virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& filename);
+
+protected:
+
+    wxGIFDecoder*   m_decoder;
+};
+
+/*
+ * wxAnimationCtrlBase
+ * Abstract base class for format-specific animation controls.
+ * This class implements most of the functionality; all a derived
+ * class has to do is create the appropriate animation class on demand.
+ */
+
+// Resize to animation size if this is set
+#define wxAN_FIT_ANIMATION       0x0010
+
+class ANIMDLLEXPORT wxAnimationCtrlBase: public wxControl
+{
+public:
+    wxAnimationCtrlBase() { }
+    wxAnimationCtrlBase(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+            const wxString& filename = wxEmptyString,
+            const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+            const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxAN_FIT_ANIMATION|wxNO_BORDER,
+            const wxString& name = wxT("animationControl"))
+    {
+        Create(parent, id, filename, pos, size, style, name);
+    }
+    ~wxAnimationCtrlBase();
+
+    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+            const wxString& filename = wxEmptyString,
+            const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+            const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxAN_FIT_ANIMATION|wxNO_BORDER,
+            const wxString& name = wxT("animationControl"));
+
+    //// Operations
+    virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& filename = wxEmptyString);
+    virtual bool Play(bool looped = TRUE) ;
+    virtual void Stop() { m_animationPlayer.Stop(); }
+    virtual void FitToAnimation();
+
+    //// Accessors
+    virtual bool IsPlaying() const { return m_animationPlayer.IsPlaying(); }
+    virtual wxAnimationPlayer& GetPlayer() { return m_animationPlayer; }
+    virtual wxAnimationBase* GetAnimation() { return m_animation; }
+
+    const wxString& GetFilename() const { return m_filename; }
+    void SetFilename(const wxString& filename) { m_filename = filename; }
+
+    //// Event handlers
+    void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
+
+protected:
+    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
+
+    // Override this in derived classes
+    virtual wxAnimationBase* DoCreateAnimation(const wxString& filename) = 0;
+
+    wxAnimationPlayer   m_animationPlayer;
+    wxAnimationBase*    m_animation;
+    wxString            m_filename;
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxAnimationCtrlBase)
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+/*
+ * wxGIFAnimationCtrl
+ * Provides a GIF animation class when required.
+ */
+
+class ANIMDLLEXPORT wxGIFAnimationCtrl: public wxAnimationCtrlBase
+{
+public:
+    wxGIFAnimationCtrl() { }
+    wxGIFAnimationCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+            const wxString& filename = wxEmptyString,
+            const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+            const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxAN_FIT_ANIMATION|wxNO_BORDER,
+            const wxString& name = wxT("animationControl"))
+    {
+        Create(parent, id, filename, pos, size, style, name);
+    }
+
+protected:
+    virtual wxAnimationBase* DoCreateAnimation(const wxString& filename) ;
+private:
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGIFAnimationCtrl)
+};
+
+#endif // _WX_ANIMATEH__
+

contrib/include/wx/applet/applet.h

@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+*
+*                       wxWindows HTML Applet Package
+*
+*               Copyright (C) 1991-2001 SciTech Software, Inc.
+*                            All rights reserved.
+*
+*  ========================================================================
+*
+*    The contents of this file are subject to the wxWindows License
+*    Version 3.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+*    compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+*    http://www.wxwindows.org/licence3.txt
+*
+*    Software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+*    "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
+*    implied. See the License for the specific language governing
+*    rights and limitations under the License.
+*
+*  ========================================================================
+*
+* Language:     ANSI C++
+* Environment:  Any
+*
+* Description:  Header file for the wxApplet class
+*
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __WX_APPLET_H
+#define __WX_APPLET_H
+
+#include "wx/panel.h"
+#include "wx/html/htmlwin.h"
+
+// Forward declaration
+class wxHtmlAppletWindow;
+
+/*--------------------------- Class Definitions ---------------------------*/
+
+/****************************************************************************
+REMARKS:
+Defines the abstract base class for wxApplet objects.
+****************************************************************************/
+class wxApplet : public wxPanel {
+private:
+    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxApplet);
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE();
+
+protected:
+    //wxHtmlAppletWindow  *m_parent;
+
+            // Special handler for background erase messages
+            void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&);
+
+public:
+            // Constructor (called during dynamic creation)
+            wxApplet() { m_parent = NULL; };
+
+            // Psuedo virtual constructor
+    virtual bool Create(
+                wxHtmlAppletWindow *parent,
+                const wxHtmlTag& params,
+                const wxSize& size,
+                long style = wxTAB_TRAVERSAL | wxNO_BORDER);
+
+            // Virtual destructor
+    virtual ~wxApplet();
+
+            // Handle HTML navigation to a new URL
+    virtual void OnLinkClicked(const wxHtmlLinkInfo& link) = 0;
+
+            // Handle HTML navigation forward command in applet
+    virtual void OnHistoryForward() = 0;
+
+            // Handle HTML navigation back command in applet
+    virtual void OnHistoryBack() = 0;
+
+            // Handle messages from the wxAppletManager and other applets
+    virtual void OnMessage(wxEvent& msg) = 0;
+    };
+
+
+
+#endif // __WX_APPLET_H
+

contrib/include/wx/applet/echovar.h

@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+*
+*                       wxWindows HTML Applet Package
+*
+*               Copyright (C) 1991-2001 SciTech Software, Inc.
+*                            All rights reserved.
+*
+*  ========================================================================
+*
+*    The contents of this file are subject to the wxWindows License
+*    Version 3.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+*    compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+*    http://www.wxwindows.org/licence3.txt
+*
+*    Software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+*    "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
+*    implied. See the License for the specific language governing
+*    rights and limitations under the License.
+*
+*  ========================================================================
+*
+* Language:		ANSI C++
+* Environment:	Any
+*
+* Description:  Header file for wxEchoVariable Class, Dynamically constructed
+* objects representing variables in SSI #echo directive
+*
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __WX_ECHOVAR_H
+#define __WX_ECHOVAR_H
+
+/*--------------------------- Class Definitions ---------------------------*/
+
+/****************************************************************************
+REMARKS:
+wxEchoVariable class Definition
+****************************************************************************/
+class wxEchoVariable : public wxObject {
+private:
+    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxEchoVariable);
+
+public:
+    wxEchoVariable() : wxObject() {}
+    ~wxEchoVariable() {}
+	
+    /****************************************************************************
+    RETURNS:
+    The boolean value of the variable
+
+    PARAMETERS:
+    parms   - Optional parameter string passed from parm= field in HTML
+
+    REMARKS:
+    To create new variables for the #echo HTML preprocessing directives
+    you need to derive classes from wxEchoVariable and override the
+    pure virtual GetValue function. However this should not be done directly
+    but by using the BEGIN_ECHO_VARIABLE and END_ECHO_VARIABLE macros
+
+    SEE ALSO:
+    wxEchoPrep, BEGIN_ECHO_VARIABLE, END_ECHO_VARIABLE
+    ****************************************************************************/
+    virtual wxString GetValue(const char *parms = NULL) const = 0;
+
+
+public:
+    // static function to retrieve any variable avaliable
+    static wxString FindValue(const wxString &cls, const char *parms = NULL);
+    };
+	
+/*--------------------------------- MACROS --------------------------------*/
+
+#define ECHO_PARM (_BEV_parm)
+#define BEGIN_ECHO_VARIABLE(name)                                           \
+    class wxEchoVariable##name : public wxEchoVariable {                    \
+    private:                                                                \
+        DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxEchoVariable##name##);                      \
+    public:                                                                 \
+        wxEchoVariable##name##() : wxEchoVariable() {}                      \
+        virtual wxString GetValue(const char *parms = NULL) const;          \
+        };                                                                  \
+    IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxEchoVariable##name##, wxEchoVariable);        \
+    wxString wxEchoVariable##name :: GetValue(const char *parms) const {    \
+    wxString _BEV_parm = wxString(parms);
+
+#define END_ECHO_VARIABLE(returnval)                                        \
+    return returnval;                                                       \
+    }
+
+#define STRING_ECHO_VARIABLE(name, string)                                  \
+    BEGIN_ECHO_VARIABLE(##name##);                                          \
+    END_ECHO_VARIABLE(wxString(##string##))
+	
+#endif // __WX_ECHOVAR_H
+

contrib/include/wx/applet/ifelsevar.h

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+*
+*                       wxWindows HTML Applet Package
+*
+*               Copyright (C) 1991-2001 SciTech Software, Inc.
+*                            All rights reserved.
+*
+*  ========================================================================
+*
+*    The contents of this file are subject to the wxWindows License
+*    Version 3.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+*    compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+*    http://www.wxwindows.org/licence3.txt
+*
+*    Software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+*    "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
+*    implied. See the License for the specific language governing
+*    rights and limitations under the License.
+*
+*  ========================================================================
+*
+* Language:		ANSI C++
+* Environment:	Any
+*
+* Description:  Header file for wxIfElseVariable Class, Dynamically constructed
+* objects representing variables in SSI #if, #else and #endif directives
+*
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __WX_IFELSEVAR_H
+#define __WX_IFELSEVAR_H
+
+/*--------------------------- Class Definitions ---------------------------*/
+
+/****************************************************************************
+REMARKS:
+This class is used to create variables for the HTML preprocessor #if, #else,
+and #endif directives.
+
+SEE ALSO:
+wxIfElsePrep
+****************************************************************************/
+class wxIfElseVariable : public wxObject {
+private:
+    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxIfElseVariable);
+
+public:
+    wxIfElseVariable() : wxObject() {}
+    ~wxIfElseVariable() {}
+	
+    /****************************************************************************
+    RETURNS:
+    The boolean value of the variable
+
+    REMARKS:
+    To create new variables for the #if, #else and #endif HTML preprocessing
+    blocks you need to derive classes from wxIfElseVariable and override the
+    pure virtual GetValue function. However this should not be done directly
+    but by using the BEGIN_IFELSE_VARIABLE and END_IFELSE_VARIABLE macros
+
+    SEE ALSO:
+    wxIfElsePrep, BEGIN_IFELSE_VARIABLE, END_IFELSE_VARIABLE
+    ****************************************************************************/
+    virtual bool GetValue() const = 0;
+
+
+public:
+    // static function to retrieve any variable avaliable
+    static bool FindValue(const wxString &cls);
+    };
+
+/*--------------------------------- MACROS --------------------------------*/
+
+#define BEGIN_IFELSE_VARIABLE(name)                                         \
+    class wxIfElseVariable##name : public wxIfElseVariable {                \
+    private:                                                                \
+        DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIfElseVariable##name##);                    \
+    public:                                                                 \
+        wxIfElseVariable##name##() : wxIfElseVariable() {}                  \
+        virtual bool GetValue() const;                                      \
+        };                                                                  \
+    IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIfElseVariable##name##, wxIfElseVariable);    \
+    bool wxIfElseVariable##name :: GetValue() const {
+
+#define END_IFELSE_VARIABLE(returnval)                                      \
+    return returnval;                                                       \
+    }
+
+#define IFELSE_VARIABLE(name, state)                                        \
+    BEGIN_IFELSE_VARIABLE(##name##);                                        \
+    END_IFELSE_VARIABLE(bool (state))
+
+#endif // __WX_IFELSEVAR_H
+

contrib/include/wx/applet/loadpage.h

@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+*
+*                       wxWindows HTML Applet Package
+*
+*               Copyright (C) 1991-2001 SciTech Software, Inc.
+*                            All rights reserved.
+*
+*  ========================================================================
+*
+*    The contents of this file are subject to the wxWindows License
+*    Version 3.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+*    compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+*    http://www.wxwindows.org/licence3.txt
+*
+*    Software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+*    "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
+*    implied. See the License for the specific language governing
+*    rights and limitations under the License.
+*
+*  ========================================================================
+*
+* Language:     ANSI C++
+* Environment:  Any
+*
+* Description:  Header file for the wxLoadPage Event class
+*
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __WX_LOAD_PAGE_H
+#define __WX_LOAD_PAGE_H
+
+#include "wx/html/htmlwin.h"
+
+// Forward declaration
+class wxHtmlAppletWindow;
+
+// If we are compiling this code into a library that links against
+// the DLL, we need to remove all the __declspec(dllimports) that
+// would declare our classes below incorrectly.
+
+#ifndef WXMAKINGDLL
+#undef  WXDLLEXPORT
+#define WXDLLEXPORT
+#endif
+// Declare our local load page event type
+BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_LOAD_PAGE,   wxEVT_USER_FIRST+1)
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_PAGE_LOADED, wxEVT_USER_FIRST+2)
+END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
+
+/*--------------------------- Class Definitions ---------------------------*/
+
+/****************************************************************************
+REMARKS:
+Defines the class for load page events.
+****************************************************************************/
+class wxLoadPageEvent : public wxEvent {
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxLoadPageEvent);
+
+protected:
+    wxString            m_hRef;
+    wxHtmlAppletWindow  *m_htmlWindow;
+
+public:
+            // Constructor
+            wxLoadPageEvent(const wxString &hRef = "",wxHtmlAppletWindow *htmlWindow = NULL);
+
+            // Destructor
+            ~wxLoadPageEvent() {}
+
+            // Return the hmtl window for the load page operation
+            wxHtmlAppletWindow  *GetHtmlWindow() { return m_htmlWindow; };
+
+            // Get the hRef string for the load page operation
+            const wxString & GetHRef() { return m_hRef; };
+
+            // Copy constructor for the object
+            void CopyObject(wxObject& obj) const;
+    };
+
+
+// Define the macro to create our event type
+typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxLoadPageEventFunction)(wxLoadPageEvent&);
+#define EVT_LOAD_PAGE(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_LOAD_PAGE, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)(wxLoadPageEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL ),
+
+/****************************************************************************
+REMARKS:
+Defines the class for pageloaded events.
+****************************************************************************/
+class wxPageLoadedEvent : public wxEvent {
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPageLoadedEvent);
+
+public:
+            // Constructor
+            wxPageLoadedEvent();
+
+            // Destructor
+            ~wxPageLoadedEvent() {}
+
+            // Copy constructor for the object
+            void CopyObject(wxObject& obj) const;
+    };
+
+// Define the macro to create our event type
+typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxPageLoadedEventFunction)(wxPageLoadedEvent&);
+#define EVT_PAGE_LOADED(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_PAGE_LOADED, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)(wxPageLoadedEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL ),
+
+
+#endif // __WX_LOAD_PAGE_H

contrib/include/wx/applet/plugin.h

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+*
+*                       wxWindows HTML Applet Package
+*
+*               Copyright (C) 1991-2001 SciTech Software, Inc.
+*                            All rights reserved.
+*
+*  ========================================================================
+*
+*    The contents of this file are subject to the wxWindows License
+*    Version 3.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+*    compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+*    http://www.wxwindows.org/licence3.txt
+*
+*    Software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+*    "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
+*    implied. See the License for the specific language governing
+*    rights and limitations under the License.
+*
+*  ========================================================================
+*
+* Language:     ANSI C++
+* Environment:  Any
+*
+* Description:  Header file for the wxQlet class
+*
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __WX_PLUGIN_H
+#define __WX_PLUGIN_H
+
+// Forward declaration
+class wxHtmlAppletWindow;
+
+/*--------------------------- Class Definitions ---------------------------*/
+
+/****************************************************************************
+REMARKS:
+Defines the abstract base class for wxQlet objects.
+****************************************************************************/
+class wxPlugIn : public wxObject {
+private:
+    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxPlugIn);
+
+    wxHtmlAppletWindow *m_parent;
+public:
+            // Constructor (called during dynamic creation)
+            wxPlugIn() { m_parent = NULL; };
+
+            // Psuedo virtual constructor
+    virtual bool Create(wxHtmlAppletWindow *parent);
+
+            // Virtual destructor
+    virtual ~wxPlugIn();
+    };
+#endif // __WX_PLUGIN_H
+

contrib/include/wx/applet/prepecho.h

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+*
+*                       wxWindows HTML Applet Package
+*
+*               Copyright (C) 1991-2001 SciTech Software, Inc.
+*                            All rights reserved.
+*
+*  ========================================================================
+*
+*    The contents of this file are subject to the wxWindows License
+*    Version 3.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+*    compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+*    http://www.wxwindows.org/licence3.txt
+*
+*    Software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+*    "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
+*    implied. See the License for the specific language governing
+*    rights and limitations under the License.
+*
+*  ========================================================================
+*
+* Language:		ANSI C++
+* Environment:	Any
+*
+* Description:  Header file for the Preprocessor of the #echo directive
+* in wxHTML.
+*
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __WX_PREPECHO_H
+#define __WX_PREPECHO_H
+
+#include "wx/html/htmlproc.h"
+
+/*--------------------------- Class Definitions ---------------------------*/
+
+/****************************************************************************
+REMARKS:
+Echo Preprocessor class Definition
+****************************************************************************/
+class wxEchoPrep : public wxHtmlProcessor {
+private:
+    //DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxEchoPrep);
+
+public:
+    wxEchoPrep() : wxHtmlProcessor() {}
+    ~wxEchoPrep() {}
+	
+	// Process input text and return processed result
+    wxString Process(const wxString& text) const;
+
+    // Return priority value of this processor. The higher, the sooner
+    // is the processor applied to the text.
+    int GetPriority() const { return wxHTML_PRIORITY_SYSTEM-2; }
+	};
+	
+	
+#endif // __WX_PREPECHO_H
+

contrib/include/wx/applet/prepifelse.h

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+*
+*                       wxWindows HTML Applet Package
+*
+*               Copyright (C) 1991-2001 SciTech Software, Inc.
+*                            All rights reserved.
+*
+*  ========================================================================
+*
+*    The contents of this file are subject to the wxWindows License
+*    Version 3.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+*    compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+*    http://www.wxwindows.org/licence3.txt
+*
+*    Software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+*    "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
+*    implied. See the License for the specific language governing
+*    rights and limitations under the License.
+*
+*  ========================================================================
+*
+* Language:		ANSI C++
+* Environment:	Any
+*
+* Description:  Header file for the Preprocessor of the #if SSI directive
+* in wxHTML.
+*
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __WX_PREPIFELSE_H
+#define __WX_PREPIFELSE_H
+
+#include "wx/html/htmlproc.h"
+
+/*--------------------------- Class Definitions ---------------------------*/
+
+/****************************************************************************
+REMARKS:
+If Else Preprocessor class Definition
+****************************************************************************/
+class wxIfElsePrep : public wxHtmlProcessor {
+private:
+    //DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIfElsePrep);
+
+public:
+    wxIfElsePrep() : wxHtmlProcessor() {}
+    ~wxIfElsePrep() {}
+	
+	// Process input text and return processed result
+    wxString Process(const wxString& text) const;
+
+    // Return priority value of this processor. The higher, the sooner
+    // is the processor applied to the text.
+    int GetPriority() const { return wxHTML_PRIORITY_SYSTEM-2; }
+	};
+	
+	
+#endif // __WX_PREPECHO_H
+

contrib/include/wx/applet/prepinclude.h

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+*
+*                       wxWindows HTML Applet Package
+*
+*               Copyright (C) 1991-2001 SciTech Software, Inc.
+*                            All rights reserved.
+*
+*  ========================================================================
+*
+*    The contents of this file are subject to the wxWindows License
+*    Version 3.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+*    compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+*    http://www.wxwindows.org/licence3.txt
+*
+*    Software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+*    "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
+*    implied. See the License for the specific language governing
+*    rights and limitations under the License.
+*
+*  ========================================================================
+*
+* Language:		ANSI C++
+* Environment:	Any
+*
+* Description:  Header file for the Preprocessor of the #include directive
+* in wxHTML.
+*
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __WX_PREPINCLUDE_H
+#define __WX_PREPINCLUDE_H
+
+#include "wx/html/htmlproc.h"
+
+/*--------------------------- Class Definitions ---------------------------*/
+
+/****************************************************************************
+REMARKS:
+wxIncludePrep class Definition
+****************************************************************************/
+class wxIncludePrep : public wxHtmlProcessor {
+private:
+    //DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIncludePrep);
+    wxFileSystem *m_FS;
+public:
+    wxIncludePrep() : wxHtmlProcessor() {}
+    ~wxIncludePrep() {}
+	
+	// Process input text and return processed result
+    wxString Process(const wxString& text) const;
+
+    // Return priority value of this processor. The higher, the sooner
+    // is the processor applied to the text.
+    int GetPriority() const { return wxHTML_PRIORITY_SYSTEM; }
+	
+    void ChangeDirectory(wxFileSystem *);
+    };
+	
+	
+#endif // __WX_PREPINCLUDE_H
+

contrib/include/wx/applet/window.h

@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+*
+*                       wxWindows HTML Applet Package
+*
+*               Copyright (C) 1991-2001 SciTech Software, Inc.
+*                            All rights reserved.
+*
+*  ========================================================================
+*
+*    The contents of this file are subject to the wxWindows License
+*    Version 3.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+*    compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+*    http://www.wxwindows.org/licence3.txt
+*
+*    Software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+*    "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
+*    implied. See the License for the specific language governing
+*    rights and limitations under the License.
+*
+*  ========================================================================
+*
+* Language:     ANSI C++
+* Environment:  Any
+*
+* Description:  Header file for the wxHtmlAppletWindow class
+*
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __WX_APPLET_WINDOW_H
+#define __WX_APPLET_WINDOW_H
+
+#include "wx/html/htmlwin.h"
+#include "wx/process.h"
+
+// Forward declare
+class wxApplet;
+class wxQlet;
+class wxLoadPageEvent;
+class wxPageLoadedEvent;
+class wxIncludePrep;
+class wxToolBarBase;
+
+// Declare a linked list of wxApplet pointers
+WX_DECLARE_LIST(wxApplet, wxAppletList);
+
+/*--------------------------- Class Definitions ---------------------------*/
+
+/****************************************************************************
+REMARKS:
+Defines the class for virtual-link data types
+****************************************************************************/
+class VirtualData : public wxObject {
+private:
+    wxString m_name;
+    wxString m_group;
+    wxString m_href;
+
+public:
+            // Ctors
+            VirtualData(
+                wxString& name,
+                wxString& group,
+                wxString& href );
+
+            VirtualData();
+
+            // Gets
+            wxString GetName(){ return m_name;};
+            wxString GetGroup(){ return m_group;};
+            wxString GetHref(){ return m_href;};
+
+            // Sets
+            void SetName (wxString& s){ m_name = s; };
+            void SetGroup(wxString& s){ m_group = s; };
+            void SetHref (wxString& s){ m_href = s; };
+    };
+
+/****************************************************************************
+REMARKS:
+Defines the class for wxAppletWindow. This class is derived from the
+wxHtmlWindow class and extends it with functionality to handle embedded
+wxApplet's on the HTML pages.
+****************************************************************************/
+class wxHtmlAppletWindow : public wxHtmlWindow {
+private:
+    DECLARE_CLASS(wxHtmlAppletWindow);
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE();
+
+    bool                m_mutexLock;
+    wxIncludePrep       *incPreprocessor;  // deleted by list it is added too in constructor
+
+protected:
+	wxAppletList		m_AppletList;		
+	static wxHashTable	m_Cookies;
+    bool                m_NavBarEnabled;
+    wxToolBarBase       *m_NavBar;
+    int                 m_NavBackId;
+    int                 m_NavForwardId;
+    wxPalette           m_globalPalette;
+    	
+            // Override this so we can do proper palette management!!
+    virtual void OnDraw(wxDC& dc);
+
+public:
+            // Constructor
+            wxHtmlAppletWindow(
+                wxWindow *parent,
+                wxWindowID id = -1,
+                wxToolBarBase *navBar = NULL,
+                int navBackId = -1,
+                int navForwardId = -1,
+                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+                long style = wxHW_SCROLLBAR_AUTO,
+                const wxString& name = "htmlAppletWindow",
+                const wxPalette& globalPalette = wxNullPalette);
+
+            // Destructor
+            ~wxHtmlAppletWindow();
+
+            // Create an instance of an applet based on it's class name
+            wxApplet *CreateApplet(
+                const wxString& classId,
+                const wxString& iName,
+                const wxHtmlTag &params,
+                const wxSize& size);
+
+            // Create an instance of an Qlet based on it's class name
+            bool CreatePlugIn(const wxString& classId );
+
+            // Find an instance of an applet based on it's class name
+            wxApplet *FindApplet(const wxString& className);
+
+            // Remove an applet from the window. Called during applet destruction
+            bool RemoveApplet(const wxApplet *applet);
+
+            // Load a new URL page
+    virtual bool LoadPage(const wxString& location);
+
+            // Called when users clicked on hypertext link.
+    virtual void OnLinkClicked(const wxHtmlLinkInfo& link);
+
+            // Handles forward navigation within the HTML stack
+            bool HistoryForward();
+
+            // Handles backwards navigation within the HTML stack
+            bool HistoryBack();
+
+            // Disables Nav bars
+            void DisableNavBar();
+
+            // Enables Nav bars
+            void EnableNavBar();
+
+            void SetNavBar(wxToolBarBase *navBar);
+
+            // Broadcast a message to all applets on the page
+            void SendMessage(wxEvent& msg);
+
+            // Register a cookie of data in the applet manager
+            static bool RegisterCookie(const wxString& name,wxObject *cookie);
+
+            // UnRegister a cookie of data in the applet manager
+            static bool UnRegisterCookie(const wxString& name);
+
+            // Find a cookie of data given it's public name
+            static wxObject *FindCookie(const wxString& name);
+			
+            // Event handlers to load a new page	
+			void OnLoadPage(wxLoadPageEvent &event);
+
+            // Event handlers to load a new page	
+    		void OnPageLoaded(wxPageLoadedEvent &event);
+
+            // LoadPage mutex locks
+            void Lock(){ m_mutexLock = true;};
+            void UnLock(){ m_mutexLock = false;};
+
+            // Returns TRUE if the mutex is locked, FALSE otherwise.
+            bool IsLocked(){ return m_mutexLock;};
+
+            // Tries to lock the mutex. If it can't, returns immediately with false.
+            bool TryLock();
+
+    };
+
+/****************************************************************************
+REMARKS:
+Defines the class for AppetProcess
+***************************************************************************/
+class AppletProcess : public wxProcess {
+public:
+            AppletProcess(
+                wxWindow *parent)
+                : wxProcess(parent)
+            {
+            }
+
+            // instead of overriding this virtual function we might as well process the
+            // event from it in the frame class - this might be more convenient in some
+            // cases
+    virtual void OnTerminate(int pid, int status);
+
+    };
+
+/****************************************************************************
+REMARKS:
+Defines the class for wxHtmlAppletCell
+***************************************************************************/
+class wxHtmlAppletCell : public wxHtmlCell
+{
+public:
+    wxHtmlAppletCell(wxWindow *wnd, int w = 0);
+    ~wxHtmlAppletCell() { m_Wnd->Destroy(); }
+    virtual void Draw(wxDC& dc, int x, int y, int view_y1, int view_y2);
+    virtual void DrawInvisible(wxDC& dc, int x, int y);
+    virtual void Layout(int w);
+
+protected:
+    wxWindow* m_Wnd;
+            // width float is used in adjustWidth (it is in percents)
+};
+
+
+#endif // __WX_APPLET_WINDOW_H
+

contrib/include/wx/canvas/bbox.h

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+#ifndef __WXBOUNDINGBOX_H__
+#define __WXBOUNDINGBOX_H__
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "bbox.cpp"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
+    #include "wx/wx.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/matrix.h"
+#include "wx/geometry.h"
+
+enum OVERLAP {_IN,_ON,_OUT};
+
+//Purpose   The wxBoundingBox class stores one wxBoundingBox.
+//The wxBoundingBox is defined by two coordiates,
+//a upperleft coordinate and a lowerright coordinate.
+class wxBoundingBox
+{
+public:
+    wxBoundingBox();
+    wxBoundingBox(wxBoundingBox&);
+    wxBoundingBox(const wxPoint2DDouble&);
+    wxBoundingBox(double xmin, double ymin, double xmax, double ymax);
+
+    bool And(wxBoundingBox*, double Marge = 0);
+
+    void EnLarge(const double Marge);
+    void Shrink(const double Marge);
+
+    void Expand(const wxPoint2DDouble& , const wxPoint2DDouble&);
+    void Expand(const wxPoint2DDouble&);
+    void Expand(double x,double y);
+    void Expand(const wxBoundingBox& bbox);
+
+    OVERLAP Intersect( wxBoundingBox &, double Marge = 0);
+    bool LineIntersect(const wxPoint2DDouble& begin, const wxPoint2DDouble& end );
+    bool PointInBox( const wxPoint2DDouble&, double Marge = 0);
+    bool PointInBox( double, double, double Marge = 0);
+
+    void Reset();
+
+    void Translate( wxPoint2DDouble& );
+    void MapBbox( const wxTransformMatrix& matrix);
+
+    double  GetWidth() {return m_maxx-m_minx;};
+    double  GetHeight(){return m_maxy-m_miny;};
+    bool    GetValid()  const;
+    void    SetValid(bool);
+
+    void    SetBoundingBox(const wxPoint2DDouble& a_point);
+
+    void    SetMin(double, double);
+    void    SetMax(double, double);
+    inline  wxPoint2DDouble GetMin();
+    inline  wxPoint2DDouble GetMax();
+    inline  double GetMinX(){return m_minx;};
+    inline  double GetMinY(){return m_miny;};
+    inline  double GetMaxX(){return m_maxx;};
+    inline  double GetMaxY(){return m_maxy;};
+
+    wxBoundingBox&  operator+( wxBoundingBox& );
+    wxBoundingBox&  operator=(  const wxBoundingBox& );
+
+protected:
+    //bounding box in world
+    double        m_minx;
+    double        m_miny;
+    double        m_maxx;
+    double        m_maxy;
+    bool          m_validbbox;
+};
+
+#endif

contrib/include/wx/canvas/canvas.h

@@ -0,0 +1,859 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        canvas.h
+// Author:      Robert Roebling
+// Created:     XX/XX/XX
+// Copyright:   2000 (c) Robert Roebling
+// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef __WXCANVAS_H__
+#define __WXCANVAS_H__
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "canvas.cpp"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
+    #include "wx/wx.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/image.h"
+#include "wx/txtstrm.h"
+#include "wx/geometry.h"
+#include "wx/matrix.h"
+#include "bbox.h"
+
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// decls
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class wxCanvas;
+class wxCanvasAdmin;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxCanvasObject
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+enum wxDRAG_MODE
+{
+    wxDRAG_RECTANGLE,
+    wxDRAG_ONTOP,
+    wxDRAG_REDRAW
+};
+
+//:defenition
+// wxCanvasObject is the base class for  Canvas Objects.
+// All Objects for drawing one the canvas are derived from this class.
+// It supports dragging and moving methods that can be used in derived
+// classes for defining several ways of dragging.
+// Also it is possible to plug in events handlers to do this for all derived classes at once.
+//
+// wxCanvasObjects have themselves as their event handlers by default,
+// but their event handlers could be set to another object entirely. This
+// separation can reduce the amount of derivation required, and allow
+// alteration of a  wxCanvasObject functionality
+class wxCanvasObject: public wxEvtHandler
+{
+public:
+
+    wxCanvasObject();
+
+    //If the position (x,y) is within the object this return a pointer to the object
+    //Normally this function needs to be defined for each derived wxCanvasObject.
+    //The default is a simple bounding box test.
+    virtual wxCanvasObject* IsHitWorld( double x, double y, double margin = 0 );
+
+    //render this object to the canvas (either on its buffer or directly on the canvas)
+    //this depends on the wxDC that is set for the active canvas.
+    virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
+
+    //x position in world coordinates of the object
+    virtual double  GetPosX()=0;
+    //y position in world coordinates of the object
+    virtual double  GetPosY()=0;
+
+    //set position in world coordinates for the object
+    virtual void  SetPosXY( double x, double y)=0;
+
+    //absolute moving the object to position x,y in world coordinates
+    //also does an update of the old and new area
+    virtual void MoveAbsolute( double x, double y );
+
+    //relative moving the object to position x,y in world coordinates
+    //also does an update of the old and new area
+    virtual void MoveRelative( double x, double y );
+
+    //relative translate the object to position x,y in world coordinates
+    //does NOT update the old and new area
+    //this function must be defined for each derived object,
+    //it is used internally for dragging and moving objects.
+    virtual void TransLate( double x, double y )=0;
+
+    //choose one of the three diffrenet drag methods |
+    //DRAG_RECTANGLE = as a rectangle when drag is in progress |
+    //DRAG_ONTOP = only redraw the object when dragging |
+    //DRAG_REDRAW = redraw the damaged areas when dragging
+    void SetDragMode(wxDRAG_MODE mode) { m_dragmode=mode; };
+
+    //return the dragmode
+    wxDRAG_MODE GetDragMode() { return m_dragmode; };
+
+    //called when starting a drag
+    virtual void DragStart();
+    //called when dragging is in progress
+    virtual void DragRelative( double x, double y);
+    //called when dragging is ended
+    virtual void DragEnd();
+
+    //return the object if it is part of the given object or
+    //if the given object is part of a group within this object.
+    //For group objects this means recursively search for it.
+    virtual wxCanvasObject* Contains( wxCanvasObject* obj );
+
+    //calculate the boundingbox in world coordinates
+    virtual void CalcBoundingBox()=0;
+
+    //write the object as SVG (scalable vector grafhics
+    virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
+
+    //get the administrator for the object,
+    //this will give access to the canvas's where it is displayed upon.
+    //It is used to render the object to the active canvas.
+    //Conversion from world to Device coordinates and visa versa is
+    //done using the Active canvas at that moment.
+    wxCanvasAdmin *GetAdmin()              { return m_admin; }
+
+    //set the administrator
+    virtual void SetAdmin( wxCanvasAdmin *admin )  { m_admin = admin; }
+
+    //is this a control type of canvas object
+    bool        IsControl()     { return m_isControl; }
+    //is this a vector type of canvas object
+    bool        IsVector()      { return m_isVector; }
+    //is this an Image type of canvas object
+    bool        IsImage()       { return m_isImage; }
+
+    //get minimum X of the boundingbox in world coordinates
+    inline double  GetXMin()     { return m_bbox.GetMinX(); }
+    //get minimum Y of the boundingbox in world coordinates
+    inline double  GetYMin()     { return m_bbox.GetMinY(); }
+    //get maximum X of the boundingbox in world coordinates
+    inline double  GetXMax()     { return m_bbox.GetMaxX(); }
+    //get maximum Y of the boundingbox in world coordinates
+    inline double  GetYMax()     { return m_bbox.GetMaxY(); }
+
+    //get boundingbox
+    inline wxBoundingBox GetBbox() { return m_bbox; }
+
+    //redirect all mouse events for the canvas to this object
+    void CaptureMouse();
+    //release the mouse capture for this object
+    void ReleaseMouse();
+    //is the mouse captured for this object
+    bool IsCapturedMouse();
+
+    //set if this object will visible (be rendered or not)
+    inline void SetVisible(bool visible) { m_visible=visible; }
+    //get visibility
+    inline bool GetVisible() {return m_visible; }
+
+    //can the object be dragged
+    inline void SetDraggable(bool drag) { m_dragable=drag; }
+    //get if the object can be dragged
+    inline bool GetDraggable() {return m_dragable; }
+
+    //get absolute area in the device coordinates where the object
+    //its boundingbox in world coordinates is first translated using the matrix.
+    wxRect GetAbsoluteArea(const wxTransformMatrix& cworld);
+
+    //get currently used eventhandler (always the first in the list)
+    wxEvtHandler *GetEventHandler() const { return m_eventHandler; }
+
+    //process an event for the object, starting with the first eventhandler
+    // in the list.
+    bool ProcessCanvasObjectEvent(wxEvent& event);
+
+    // push/pop event handler: allows to chain a custom event handler to
+    // already existing ones
+    void PushEventHandler( wxEvtHandler *handler );
+
+    //remove first eventhandler in the list (one will be always stay in)
+    wxEvtHandler *PopEventHandler( bool deleteHandler = FALSE );
+    //append an eventhandler to the list, this event handler will be called
+    //if the other skipped the event to process.
+    void AppendEventHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler);
+    //remove last event handler in the list (one will always stay in)
+    wxEvtHandler *RemoveLastEventHandler(bool deleteHandler);
+
+protected:
+
+    //administator for rendering and accessing the canvas's
+    wxCanvasAdmin* m_admin;
+
+    //active event handler, default the object itself
+    wxEvtHandler* m_eventHandler;
+
+    bool m_isControl:1;
+    bool m_isVector:1;
+    bool m_isImage:1;
+    bool m_visible:1;
+    bool m_dragable:1;
+    wxDRAG_MODE m_dragmode:3;
+
+    //boundingbox in world coordinates
+    wxBoundingBox m_bbox;
+
+    //used for dragging
+    wxBitmap m_atnewpos;
+};
+
+//:defenition
+// wxCanvasObjectGroup is a container for wxCanvas derived Objects.
+// It renders itself by calling the render methods of the wxCanvasObjects it contains.
+// It can have nested groups also, in the same way as the other wxCanvasObjects it already contains.
+// The group has a matrix to position/rotate/scale the group.
+class wxCanvasObjectGroup: public wxCanvasObject
+{
+public:
+    wxCanvasObjectGroup(double x, double y);
+    virtual ~wxCanvasObjectGroup();
+
+    void SetAdmin(wxCanvasAdmin* admin);
+
+    //prepend a wxCanvasObject to this group
+    virtual void Prepend( wxCanvasObject* obj );
+    //append a wxCanvasObject to this group
+    virtual void Append( wxCanvasObject* obj );
+    //insert a wxCanvasObject to this group
+    virtual void Insert( size_t before, wxCanvasObject* obj );
+    //remove the given object from the group
+    virtual void Remove( wxCanvasObject* obj );
+
+    //those this group contain the given object.
+    //in case of nested groups also search in there to the lowwest level.
+    virtual wxCanvasObject* Contains( wxCanvasObject* obj );
+
+    //returns index of the given wxCanvasObject in this group
+    virtual int IndexOf( wxCanvasObject* obj );
+
+    double  GetPosX() { return lworld.GetValue(2,0); }
+    double  GetPosY() { return lworld.GetValue(2,1); }
+    void    SetPosXY( double x, double y) {lworld.SetValue(2,0,x);lworld.SetValue(2,1,y);CalcBoundingBox();};
+
+    void TransLate( double x, double y );
+
+    void CalcBoundingBox();
+    //remove all wxCanvasObjects from the group (flag for deletion of the objectsalso)
+    void DeleteContents( bool );
+    virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld,int x, int y, int width, int height );
+    virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
+
+    //recursive call the IsHitWorld on all contained objects, the first
+    //one that is hit will be returned
+    wxCanvasObject* IsHitWorld( double x, double y, double margin = 0 );
+
+    //recursive calls for contained objects to set eventhandlers,
+    //and also sets its own eventhandler
+    void PushEventHandler( wxEvtHandler *handler );
+    //recursive calls for contained objects to set eventhandlers,
+    //and also sets its own eventhandler
+    wxEvtHandler *PopEventHandler( bool deleteHandler = FALSE );
+    //recursive calls for contained objects to set eventhandlers,
+    //and also sets its own eventhandler
+    void AppendEventHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler);
+    //recursive calls for contained objects to set eventhandlers,
+    //and also sets its own eventhandler
+    wxEvtHandler *RemoveLastEventHandler(bool deleteHandler);
+
+protected:
+
+    //to position the object
+    wxTransformMatrix lworld;
+
+    wxList        m_objects;
+
+    friend class wxCanvas;
+};
+
+//:defenition
+// wxCanvasObjectRef is a reference to any wxCanvasObject derived class.
+// It does not duplicate the referenced object.
+// It has a matrix to reposition/rotate/scale the object it references.
+// The position/matrix of the referenced Object is accumulated with the one here.
+class wxCanvasObjectRef: public wxCanvasObject
+{
+public:
+    wxCanvasObjectRef(double x, double y,wxCanvasObject* obj);
+
+    //set rotation for the reference
+    void SetRotation(double rotation);
+
+    //set scale in x and y ( > zero)
+    void SetScale( double scalex, double scaley );
+
+    void SetAdmin(wxCanvasAdmin* admin);
+
+    double  GetPosX() { return lworld.GetValue(2,0); }
+    double  GetPosY() { return lworld.GetValue(2,1); }
+    void    SetPosXY( double x, double y) {lworld.SetValue(2,0,x);lworld.SetValue(2,1,y);CalcBoundingBox();};
+
+    void TransLate( double x, double y );
+    void CalcBoundingBox();
+    virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld,int x, int y, int width, int height );
+    virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
+
+    //return this object if one of the objects it references is hit
+    wxCanvasObject* IsHitWorld( double x, double y, double margin = 0 );
+    virtual wxCanvasObject* Contains( wxCanvasObject* obj );
+
+    //recursive calls for contained objects to set eventhandlers,
+    //and also sets its own eventhandler
+    void PushEventHandler( wxEvtHandler *handler );
+    //recursive calls for contained objects to set eventhandlers,
+    //and also sets its own eventhandler
+    wxEvtHandler *PopEventHandler( bool deleteHandler = FALSE );
+    //recursive calls for contained objects to set eventhandlers,
+    //and also sets its own eventhandler
+    void AppendEventHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler);
+    //recursive calls for contained objects to set eventhandlers,
+    //and also sets its own eventhandler
+    wxEvtHandler *RemoveLastEventHandler(bool deleteHandler);
+
+protected:
+
+    //to position the object
+    wxTransformMatrix lworld;
+
+    //reference to another wxCanvasObject
+    wxCanvasObject* m_obj;
+};
+
+//:defenition
+// wxCanvasRect
+class wxCanvasRect: public wxCanvasObject
+{
+public:
+    wxCanvasRect( double x, double y, double w, double h , double radius=0 );
+    void SetBrush( const wxBrush& brush)  { m_brush = brush; };
+    void SetPen( const wxPen& pen)        { m_pen = pen; CalcBoundingBox(); };
+
+    double  GetPosX() { return m_x; }
+    double  GetPosY() { return m_y; }
+    void    SetPosXY( double x, double y) {m_x=x; m_y=y; CalcBoundingBox();};
+
+    void TransLate( double x, double y );
+    void CalcBoundingBox();
+
+    virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
+    virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
+
+private:
+    wxPen         m_pen;
+    wxBrush       m_brush;
+
+    double        m_x;
+    double        m_y;
+    double        m_width;
+    double        m_height;
+    double        m_radius;
+};
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxCanvasCircle
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+class wxCanvasCircle: public wxCanvasObject
+{
+public:
+    wxCanvasCircle( double x, double y, double radius );
+    void SetBrush( const wxBrush& brush)  { m_brush = brush; };
+    void SetPen( const wxPen& pen)        { m_pen = pen; CalcBoundingBox(); };
+
+    double  GetPosX() { return m_x; }
+    double  GetPosY() { return m_y; }
+    void    SetPosXY( double x, double y) {m_x=x; m_y=y;CalcBoundingBox(); };
+
+    void TransLate( double x, double y );
+
+    void CalcBoundingBox();
+
+    virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
+    virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
+
+    wxCanvasObject* IsHitWorld( double x, double y, double margin = 0 );
+
+private:
+    wxPen         m_pen;
+    wxBrush       m_brush;
+
+    double        m_x;
+    double        m_y;
+    double        m_radius;
+};
+
+//:defenition
+// wxCanvasEllipse
+class wxCanvasEllipse: public wxCanvasObject
+{
+public:
+    wxCanvasEllipse( double x, double y, double width, double height );
+    void SetBrush( const wxBrush& brush)  { m_brush = brush; };
+    void SetPen( const wxPen& pen)        { m_pen = pen; CalcBoundingBox(); };
+
+    double  GetPosX() { return m_x; }
+    double  GetPosY() { return m_y; }
+    void    SetPosXY( double x, double y) {m_x=x; m_y=y; CalcBoundingBox();};
+
+    void TransLate( double x, double y );
+
+    void CalcBoundingBox();
+
+    virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
+    virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
+
+    wxCanvasObject* IsHitWorld( double x, double y, double margin = 0 );
+
+private:
+    wxPen         m_pen;
+    wxBrush       m_brush;
+
+    double        m_x;
+    double        m_y;
+    double        m_width;
+    double        m_height;
+};
+
+//:defenition
+// wxCanvasEllipticArc
+class wxCanvasEllipticArc: public wxCanvasObject
+{
+public:
+    wxCanvasEllipticArc( double x, double y, double width, double height, double start, double end );
+    void SetBrush( const wxBrush& brush)  { m_brush = brush; };
+    void SetPen( const wxPen& pen)        { m_pen = pen; CalcBoundingBox(); };
+
+    double  GetPosX() { return m_x; }
+    double  GetPosY() { return m_y; }
+    void    SetPosXY( double x, double y) {m_x=x; m_y=y; CalcBoundingBox();};
+
+    void TransLate( double x, double y );
+    void CalcBoundingBox();
+
+    virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
+    virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
+
+    wxCanvasObject* IsHitWorld( double x, double y, double margin = 0 );
+
+private:
+    wxPen         m_pen;
+    wxBrush       m_brush;
+
+    double        m_x;
+    double        m_y;
+    double        m_width;
+    double        m_height;
+    double        m_start;
+    double        m_end;
+};
+
+//:defenition
+// wxCanvasLine
+class wxCanvasLine: public wxCanvasObject
+{
+public:
+    wxCanvasLine( double x1, double y1, double x2, double y2 );
+    void SetPen( const wxPen& pen)    { m_pen = pen; CalcBoundingBox(); };
+
+
+    double  GetPosX() { return m_x1; }
+    double  GetPosY() { return m_y1; }
+    void    SetPosXY( double x, double y) {m_x1=x; m_y1=y; CalcBoundingBox();};
+
+    void TransLate( double x, double y );
+
+    void CalcBoundingBox();
+
+    virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
+    virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
+
+    wxCanvasObject* IsHitWorld( double x, double y, double margin = 0 );
+
+private:
+    wxPen         m_pen;
+
+    double        m_x1;
+    double        m_y1;
+    double        m_x2;
+    double        m_y2;
+};
+
+//:defenition
+// wxCanvasImage
+class wxCanvasImage: public wxCanvasObject
+{
+public:
+    wxCanvasImage( const wxImage &image, double x, double y, double w, double h );
+
+    double  GetPosX() { return m_x; }
+    double  GetPosY() { return m_y; }
+    void    SetPosXY( double x, double y);
+
+    void TransLate( double x, double y );
+
+    void CalcBoundingBox();
+
+    virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
+    virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
+
+private:
+    double      m_x;
+    double      m_y;
+    double      m_width;
+    double      m_height;
+
+    wxImage     m_image;
+    int         m_orgw,m_orgh;
+    
+    // cache
+    wxBitmap    m_cBitmap;
+    wxImage     m_cImage;
+    int         m_cW;
+    int         m_cH;
+    double      m_cR;
+};
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxCanvasControl
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class wxCanvasControl: public wxCanvasObject
+{
+public:
+    wxCanvasControl( wxWindow *control );
+    ~wxCanvasControl();
+
+    double  GetPosX();
+    double  GetPosY();
+    void    SetPosXY( double x, double y);
+
+    void TransLate( double x, double y );
+    void MoveRelative( double x, double y );
+
+    void CalcBoundingBox();
+
+private:
+    wxWindow     *m_control;
+};
+
+//:defenition
+// wxCanvasText
+class wxCanvasText: public wxCanvasObject
+{
+public:
+    wxCanvasText( const wxString &text, double x, double y, const wxString &foneFile, int size );
+    ~wxCanvasText();
+
+    double  GetPosX() { return m_x; }
+    double  GetPosY() { return m_y; }
+    void    SetPosXY( double x, double y) {m_x=x; m_y=y;CalcBoundingBox(); };
+
+    void TransLate( double x, double y );
+
+    void CalcBoundingBox();
+
+    virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
+    virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
+
+    void SetRGB( unsigned char red, unsigned char green, unsigned char blue );
+    void SetFlag( int flag );
+    int GetFlag()              { return m_flag; }
+
+private:
+    wxString        m_text;
+    double          m_x;
+    double          m_y;
+    unsigned char  *m_alpha;
+    void           *m_faceData;
+    int             m_flag;
+    int             m_red;
+    int             m_green;
+    int             m_blue;
+    wxString        m_fontFileName;
+    int             m_size;
+};
+
+//:defenition
+// wxCanvas is used to display a wxCanvasGroupObject, which contains wxCanvasObject derived
+// drawable objects. The group to draw is called the root.
+// All objects are defined in world coordinates, relative to its parent (e.g. nested groups)
+// There are methods to convert from world to device coordinates and visa versa.
+// Rendering a draw is normally started on the root, it to a buffer, afterwords
+// an update of the damaged parts will blitted from the buffer to the screen.
+// This is done in Idle time, but can also be forced.
+// World coordinates can be with the Y axis going up are down.
+// The area of the drawing in world coordinates that is visible on the canvas
+// can be set. Parts of this area can be zoomed into resulting in scroll bars
+// to be displayed.
+class wxCanvas: public wxScrolledWindow
+{
+public:
+    // constructors and destructors
+    wxCanvas( wxCanvasAdmin* admin ,wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1,
+        const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+        const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+        long style = wxScrolledWindowStyle );
+    virtual ~wxCanvas();
+
+    //background colour for the canvas
+    virtual  void SetColour( const wxColour& background );
+
+    //update the area given in device coordinates
+    virtual void Update( int x, int y, int width, int height, bool blit = TRUE );
+
+    //blit all updated areas now to the screen, else it will happen in idle time.
+    //Use this to support dragging for instance, becuase in such cases idle time
+    //will take to long.
+    virtual void UpdateNow();
+
+    //prevent canvas activety
+    virtual void Freeze();
+    //allow canvas activety
+    virtual void Thaw();
+
+    //get the buffer that is used for rendering in general
+    inline wxBitmap *GetBuffer() { return &m_buffer; }
+    //get the DC that is used for rendering
+    inline wxDC *GetDC()   { return m_renderDC; }
+    //set the DC that is used for rendering
+    inline void  SetDC(wxDC* dc)   { m_renderDC=dc; }
+
+    inline int GetBufferWidth()  { return m_buffer.GetWidth(); }
+    inline int GetBufferHeight() { return m_buffer.GetHeight(); }
+
+    //updating is needed for the canvas if the buffer did change
+    bool NeedUpdate()            { return m_needUpdate; }
+    bool IsFrozen()              { return m_frozen; }
+
+    //blit damaged areas in the buffer to the screen
+    void BlitBuffer( wxDC &dc );
+
+    //redirect events to this canvas object
+    void SetCaptureMouse( wxCanvasObject *obj );
+    //are events redirected, if so return the object else NULL
+    inline wxCanvasObject* GetCaptured() { return m_captureMouse;}
+
+    //set the root group where the objects for this canvas are stored
+    void SetRoot(wxCanvasObjectGroup* aroot){m_root=aroot;}
+
+    //get root group that is displayed on the canvas
+    wxCanvasObjectGroup* GetRoot(){return m_root;}
+
+    //scroll the window in device coordinates
+    virtual void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy,
+                               const wxRect* rect = (wxRect *) NULL );
+
+    //get y axis orientation
+    virtual bool GetYaxis() { return FALSE; }
+    
+    //get the visible part in world coordinates
+    virtual double GetMinX() const;
+    virtual double GetMinY() const;
+    virtual double GetMaxX() const;
+    virtual double GetMaxY() const;
+
+    //convert from window to virtual coordinates
+    virtual double DeviceToLogicalX(int x) const;
+    virtual double DeviceToLogicalY(int y) const;
+    virtual double DeviceToLogicalXRel(int x) const;
+    virtual double DeviceToLogicalYRel(int y) const;
+    virtual int LogicalToDeviceX(double x) const;
+    virtual int LogicalToDeviceY(double y) const;
+    virtual int LogicalToDeviceXRel(double x) const;
+    virtual int LogicalToDeviceYRel(double y) const;
+
+protected:
+    wxBitmap         m_buffer;
+
+    //always available and m_buffer selected
+    wxDC*            m_renderDC;
+    
+    bool             m_needUpdate;
+    wxList           m_updateRects;
+    wxCanvasObjectGroup* m_root;
+
+    wxColour         m_background;
+    bool             m_frozen;
+    wxCanvasObject  *m_lastMouse;
+    wxCanvasObject  *m_captureMouse;
+
+    int              m_oldDeviceX,m_oldDeviceY;
+
+    wxCanvasAdmin*   m_admin;
+    
+private:
+    int              m_bufferX,m_bufferY;
+
+protected:
+    void OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event );
+    void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
+    void OnSize( wxSizeEvent &event );
+    void OnIdle( wxIdleEvent &event );
+    void OnSetFocus( wxFocusEvent &event );
+    void OnKillFocus( wxFocusEvent &event );
+    void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent &event );
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_CLASS(wxCanvas)
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+
+
+class wxVectorCanvas: public wxCanvas
+{
+public:
+    // constructors and destructors
+    wxVectorCanvas( wxCanvasAdmin* admin ,wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1,
+        const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+        const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+        long style = wxScrolledWindowStyle );
+
+    //scroll the window in device coordinates
+    virtual void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy,
+                               const wxRect* rect = (wxRect *) NULL );
+
+    //set if the Yaxis goes up or down
+    void SetYaxis(bool up) { m_yaxis=up; }
+
+    //get currently used Yaxis setting
+    virtual bool GetYaxis() { return m_yaxis; }
+
+    //to set the total area in world coordinates that can be scrolled.
+    // when totaly zoomed out (SetMappingScroll same size as given here),
+    // this will be the area displayed.
+    // To display all of a drawing, set this here to the boundingbox of the root group
+    // of the canvas.
+    void SetScroll(double vx1,double vy1,double vx2,double vy2);
+
+    //given the virtual size to be displayed, the mappingmatrix will be calculated
+    //in such a manner that it fits (same ratio in width and height) to the window size.
+    //The window size is used to intitialize the mapping.
+    //The virtual size is just an indication, it will be ajusted to fit in the client window ratio.
+    //When border is set an extra margin is added so that the drawing will fit nicely.
+    // To display all of a drawing, set this here to the boundingbox of the root group
+    // of the canvas.
+    void SetMappingScroll(double vx1,double vy1,double vx2,double vy2,bool border);
+
+    //matrix for calculating the virtual coordinate given a screen coordinate
+    wxTransformMatrix   GetInverseMappingMatrix();
+
+    //matrix for calculating the screen coordinate given a virtual coordinate
+    wxTransformMatrix   GetMappingMatrix();
+
+    //get minimum X of the visible part in world coordinates
+    virtual double GetMinX() const;
+    virtual double GetMinY() const;
+    virtual double GetMaxX() const;
+    virtual double GetMaxY() const;
+    
+    //convert from window to virtual coordinates and back
+    virtual double DeviceToLogicalX(int x) const;
+    virtual double DeviceToLogicalY(int y) const;
+    virtual double DeviceToLogicalXRel(int x) const;
+    virtual double DeviceToLogicalYRel(int y) const;
+    virtual int LogicalToDeviceX(double x) const;
+    virtual int LogicalToDeviceY(double y) const;
+    virtual int LogicalToDeviceXRel(double x) const;
+    virtual int LogicalToDeviceYRel(double y) const;
+
+protected:
+    // up or down
+    bool m_yaxis;
+
+    // holds the matrix for mapping from virtual to screen coordinates
+    wxTransformMatrix m_mapping_matrix;
+
+    // holds the inverse of the mapping matrix
+    wxTransformMatrix m_inverse_mapping;
+
+    //virtual coordinates of total drawing
+    double m_virtm_minX, m_virtm_minY, m_virtm_maxX, m_virtm_maxY;
+
+    // virtual coordinates box
+    double m_virt_minX, m_virt_minY, m_virt_maxX, m_virt_maxY;
+
+    // bounding box
+    double m_minX, m_minY, m_maxX, m_maxY;
+
+    //are scroll bars active?
+    bool m_scrolled;
+
+private:
+    void OnScroll(wxScrollWinEvent& event);
+    void OnChar( wxKeyEvent &event );
+    void OnSize( wxSizeEvent &event );
+
+private:
+    DECLARE_CLASS(wxVectorCanvas)
+    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+
+
+//:defenition
+//Contains a list of wxCanvas Objects that will be maintained through this class.
+//Each wxCanvasObject can be displayed on several wxCanvas Objects at the same time.
+//The active wxCanvas is used to render and convert coordinates from world to device.
+//So it is important to set the active wxCanvas based on the wxCanvas that has the focus
+//or is scrolled etc. This is normally done within wxCanvas when appropriate.
+class wxCanvasAdmin
+{
+public:
+    // constructors and destructors
+    wxCanvasAdmin();
+    virtual ~wxCanvasAdmin();
+
+    //convert from window to virtual coordinates
+    double DeviceToLogicalX(int x) const;
+    //convert from window to virtual coordinates
+    double DeviceToLogicalY(int y) const;
+    //convert from window to virtual coordinates relatif
+    double DeviceToLogicalXRel(int x) const;
+    //convert from window to virtual coordinates relatif
+    double DeviceToLogicalYRel(int y) const;
+    //convert from virtual to window coordinates
+    int LogicalToDeviceX(double x) const;
+    //convert from virtual to window coordinates
+    int LogicalToDeviceY(double y) const;
+    //convert from virtual to window coordinates relatif
+    int LogicalToDeviceXRel(double x) const;
+    //convert from virtual to window coordinates relatif
+    int LogicalToDeviceYRel(double y) const;
+
+    //update in the buffer off all canvases, the area given in world coordinates
+    virtual void Update(wxCanvasObject* obj, double x, double y, double width, double height);
+
+    //blit all updated areas now to the screen, else it will happen in idle time.
+    //Use this to support dragging for instance, becuase in such cases idle time
+    //will take to long.
+    virtual void UpdateNow();
+
+    //append another canvas
+    virtual void Append( wxCanvas* canvas );
+
+    //remove a canvas
+    virtual void Remove( wxCanvas* canvas );
+
+    //set the given canvas as active (for rendering, coordinate conversion etc.)
+    void SetActive(wxCanvas* activate);
+
+    //get active canvas
+    inline wxCanvas* GetActive() {return m_active;};
+
+private:
+    wxList m_canvaslist;
+    wxCanvas* m_active;
+};
+
+#endif
+    // WXCANVAS
+

contrib/include/wx/canvas/liner.h

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        liner.h
+// Author:      Klaas Holwerda
+// Created:     1/10/2000
+// Copyright:   2000 (c) Klaas Holwerda
+// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#ifndef __WXLINER_H
+#define __WXLINER_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "liner.cpp"
+#endif
+
+
+#include "wx/geometry.h"
+
+enum OUTPRODUCT {R_IS_LEFT,R_IS_ON,R_IS_RIGHT};
+
+// Status of a point to a wxLine
+enum R_PointStatus {R_LEFT_SIDE, R_RIGHT_SIDE, R_ON_AREA, R_IN_AREA};
+
+class wxLine
+{
+public:
+    // constructors and destructor
+    wxLine( double x1, double y1, double x2, double y2 );
+    wxLine( const wxPoint2DDouble& a, const wxPoint2DDouble& b);
+    ~wxLine();
+
+    wxPoint2DDouble GetBeginPoint();                               // Get the beginpoint from a wxLine
+    wxPoint2DDouble GetEndPoint();                                 // Get the endpoint from a wxLine
+    bool            CheckIntersect( wxLine&, double Marge); // Check if two wxLines intersects
+    int             Intersect( wxLine&,  wxPoint2DDouble& bp ,wxPoint2DDouble& ep ,double Marge) ;   // Intersects two wxLines
+    bool            Intersect( wxLine& lijn, wxPoint2DDouble& crossing); //intersect two (infinit) lines
+    R_PointStatus   PointOnLine( const wxPoint2DDouble& a_Point, double& Distance, double Marge ); //For an infinite wxLine
+    R_PointStatus   PointInLine( const wxPoint2DDouble& a_Point, double& Distance, double Marge ); //For a non-infinite wxLine
+    OUTPRODUCT      OutProduct( const wxLine& two, double accur);              // outproduct of two wxLines
+    double          Calculate_Y( double X);                                 // Caclulate Y if X is known
+    void            Virtual_Point( wxPoint2DDouble& a_point, double distance) const;
+    wxLine&         operator=( const wxLine&);                              // assignment operator
+    void            CalculateLineParameters();                                  // Calculate the parameters if nessecary
+    void            OffsetContour( const wxLine& nextline, double factor,wxPoint2DDouble& offsetpoint) const;
+
+private:
+
+    int   ActionOnTable1(R_PointStatus,R_PointStatus);                          // Function needed for Intersect
+    int   ActionOnTable2(R_PointStatus,R_PointStatus);                          // Function needed for Intersect
+
+    double      m_AA;
+    double      m_BB;
+    double      m_CC;
+    wxPoint2DDouble m_a;
+    wxPoint2DDouble m_b;
+    bool        m_valid_parameters;
+};
+
+#endif

contrib/include/wx/canvas/polygon.h

@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        polygon.h
+// Author:      Klaas Holwerda
+// Created:     XX/XX/XX
+// Copyright:   2000 (c) Klaas Holwerda
+// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef __WXPOLYGON_H__
+#define __WXPOLYGON_H__
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "polygon.cpp"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
+    #include "wx/wx.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/matrix.h"
+#include "wx/geometry.h"
+#include "bbox.h"
+#include "canvas.h"
+
+enum INOUTPOLY {OUTSIDE_POLY,INSIDE_POLY,ON_POLY};
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxCanvasPolygon
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class wxCanvasPolygon: public wxCanvasObject
+{
+public:
+    wxCanvasPolygon( int n, wxPoint2DDouble points[],  bool spline = FALSE );
+    ~wxCanvasPolygon();
+    void SetBrush( const wxBrush& brush)  { m_brush = brush; }
+    void SetPen( const wxPen& pen)        { m_pen = pen; CalcBoundingBox(); }
+
+    //set colour 1
+    //being the background color if filling with a monochrome bitmap
+    //or in case of gradient filling the starting colour for the fill
+    void SetColour1( const wxColour& fg) { m_textfg=fg;}
+    //set colour 1
+    //being the foreground color if filling with a monochrome bitmap
+    //or in case of gradient filling the ending colour for the fill
+    void SetColour2( const wxColour& bg) { m_textbg=bg;}
+    //transparent filling when bitmapbrush is monochrome
+    void SetTransParent(bool transp) { m_transp=transp;}
+    //gradient filling using lines chnging in colour from colour1 to colour2
+    void SetGradient(bool gradient, const wxPen& gpen, double distance)
+    { m_gradient=gradient;
+      m_gpen=gpen;
+      m_gdistance=distance;
+    }
+
+    double  GetPosX() { return m_points[0].m_x; }
+    double  GetPosY() { return m_points[0].m_y; }
+    void    SetPosXY( double x, double y);
+
+    void TransLate( double x, double y );
+    void CalcBoundingBox();
+
+    virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
+    virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
+
+    wxCanvasObject* IsHitWorld( double x, double y, double margin = 0 );
+
+    INOUTPOLY PointInPolygon(const wxPoint2DDouble& P, double marge);
+
+private:
+
+    bool MoveUp(double horline, int& index, int direction);
+    void DetectCriticalPoints();
+    void FillPolygon(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
+    wxList m_CRlist;
+    wxList m_AETlist;
+
+
+    wxBrush       m_brush;
+    wxPen         m_pen;
+    wxColour      m_textbg;
+    wxColour      m_textfg;
+
+    //if brush is of type bitmap with a mask fill with mask transparent
+    bool          m_transp;
+    bool          m_gradient;
+    wxPen         m_gpen;
+    double        m_gdistance;
+
+    bool          m_spline;
+
+    int           m_n;
+    wxPoint2DDouble* m_points;
+};
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxCanvasPolyline
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class wxCanvasPolyline: public wxCanvasObject
+{
+public:
+    wxCanvasPolyline(int n, wxPoint2DDouble points[]);
+    ~wxCanvasPolyline();
+    void SetPen( const wxPen& pen)    { m_pen = pen; CalcBoundingBox(); }
+
+    double  GetPosX() { return m_points[0].m_x; }
+    double  GetPosY() { return m_points[0].m_y; }
+    void    SetPosXY( double x, double y);
+
+    void TransLate( double x, double y );
+    void CalcBoundingBox();
+
+    virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
+    virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
+
+    wxCanvasObject* IsHitWorld( double x, double y, double margin = 0 );
+
+    bool PointOnPolyline(const wxPoint2DDouble& P, double marge);
+
+private:
+
+    wxPen         m_pen;
+
+    int           m_n;
+    wxPoint2DDouble* m_points;
+};
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxCanvasPolygon
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class wxCanvasPolygonL: public wxCanvasObject
+{
+public:
+    wxCanvasPolygonL(wxList* points, bool spline = FALSE);
+    ~wxCanvasPolygonL();
+    void SetBrush( const wxBrush& brush)  { m_brush = brush; }
+    void SetPen( const wxPen& pen)        { m_pen = pen; CalcBoundingBox(); }
+    void SetColour1( const wxColour& fg) { m_textfg=fg;}
+    void SetColour2( const wxColour& bg) { m_textbg=bg;}
+    void SetTransParent(bool transp) { m_transp=transp;}
+
+    double  GetPosX();
+    double  GetPosY();
+    void    SetPosXY( double x, double y);
+    void TransLate( double x, double y );
+    void CalcBoundingBox();
+
+    virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
+    virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
+
+    wxCanvasObject* IsHitWorld( double x, double y, double margin = 0 );
+
+    INOUTPOLY PointInPolygon(const wxPoint2DDouble& P, double marge);
+
+private:
+
+    wxBrush       m_brush;
+    wxPen         m_pen;
+    bool          m_spline;
+    wxColour      m_textbg;
+    wxColour      m_textfg;
+    //if brush is of type bitmap with a mask fill with mask transparent
+    bool          m_transp;
+
+    wxList*       m_lpoints;
+};
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxCanvasPolyline
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class wxCanvasPolylineL: public wxCanvasObject
+{
+public:
+    wxCanvasPolylineL(wxList* points, bool spline );
+    ~wxCanvasPolylineL();
+    void SetPen( const wxPen& pen)    { m_pen = pen; CalcBoundingBox(); }
+
+    double  GetPosX();
+    double  GetPosY();
+    void    SetPosXY( double x, double y);
+
+    void TransLate( double x, double y );
+    void CalcBoundingBox();
+
+    virtual void Render(wxTransformMatrix* cworld, int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height );
+    virtual void WriteSVG( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
+
+    wxCanvasObject* IsHitWorld( double x, double y, double margin = 0 );
+
+    bool PointOnPolyline(const wxPoint2DDouble& P, double marge);
+
+private:
+    wxPen         m_pen;
+    bool          m_spline;
+
+    wxList*       m_lpoints;
+};
+
+//active edge table
+class wxAET
+{
+public:
+    inline void CalculateLineParameters( const wxPoint2DDouble& p1 , const wxPoint2DDouble& p2 );
+    inline void CalculateXs( double y );
+
+    //line paramters
+    bool m_horizontal;
+    double m_BdivA;
+    double m_CdivA;
+    int m_index;
+    int m_direction;
+    //intersection point with scanline;
+    double m_xs;
+};
+
+#endif
+

contrib/include/wx/fl/antiflickpl.h

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        No names yet.
+// Purpose:     Contrib. demo
+// Author:      Aleksandras Gluchovas (@Lithuania)
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     23/10/98
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Licence:   	wxWindows license
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef __ANTIFLICKPL_G__
+#define __ANTIFLICKPL_G__
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "antiflickpl.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/fl/controlbar.h"
+
+class cbAntiflickerPlugin : public cbPluginBase
+{
+	DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( cbAntiflickerPlugin )
+protected:
+	// double-buffers are shared "resource" among all instances of 
+	// antiflicker plugin within the application 
+	//
+	// TODO:: locking should be implemented, for multithreaded GUIs
+
+	static wxBitmap*   mpVertBuf;
+	static wxBitmap*   mpHorizBuf;
+	static wxMemoryDC* mpVertBufDc;
+	static wxMemoryDC* mpHorizBufDc;
+
+	static int mRefCount;
+
+	wxDC*  mpLRUBufDc; // last-reacently-used buffer
+	wxRect mLRUArea;   // last-reacently-used area
+
+protected:
+	// returns NULL, if sutable buffer is not present
+	wxDC* FindSuitableBuffer( const wxRect& forArea );
+	wxDC* AllocNewBuffer( const wxRect& forArea );
+	wxDC& GetWindowDC();
+
+	wxDC& GetClientDC();
+public:
+
+	cbAntiflickerPlugin(void);
+
+	cbAntiflickerPlugin( wxFrameLayout* pPanel, int paneMask = wxALL_PANES );
+
+	virtual ~cbAntiflickerPlugin();
+
+	// handlers for plugin events
+
+	void OnStartDrawInArea ( cbStartDrawInAreaEvent& event );
+	void OnFinishDrawInArea( cbFinishDrawInAreaEvent& event );
+
+	DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+#endif /* __ANTIFLICKPL_G__ */
+

contrib/include/wx/fl/bardragpl.h

@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        No names yet.
+// Purpose:     Contrib. demo
+// Author:      Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     23/09/98
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Licence:   	wxWindows license
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef __BARDRAGPL_G__
+#define __BARDRAGPL_G__
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "bardragpl.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/fl/controlbar.h"
+#include "wx/fl/toolwnd.h"
+
+class cbBarDragPlugin : public cbPluginBase
+{
+	DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( cbBarDragPlugin )
+protected:
+
+	// plugin is active only in bar-dragging state
+	bool           mBarDragStarted;
+	bool           mCanStick;          // flag used to prevent "bouncing" of hint-rectangle
+	wxScreenDC*    mpScrDc;            // created while tracking hint-rect
+	wxCursor*      mpCurCursor;
+
+	// rectnagle shows the position/dimensions of the bar, 
+	// if it would be docked now
+
+	wxRect         mPrevHintRect;
+	wxRect         mHintRect;
+
+
+	int            mMouseInRectX;
+	int            mMouseInRectY;
+
+	cbDockPane*    mpSrcPane;          // pane, from which the bar was originally taken
+	int            mBarWidthInSrcPane;
+
+	cbDockPane*    mpCurPane;
+
+	cbBarInfo*     mpDraggedBar;       // bar, which is being dragged
+	bool           mBarWasFloating;
+	wxRect         mFloatedBarBounds;
+
+public: /*** public properties ***/
+
+	int            mInClientHintBorder; // when hint-rect moves within client window area,
+                                        // the thicker rectangle is drawn using hatched brush,
+										// the default border width for this rectangle is 8 pix.
+
+protected:
+
+
+	void AdjustHintRect( wxPoint& mousePos );
+
+	void ClipRectInFrame( wxRect& rect );
+	void ClipPosInFrame( wxPoint& pos );
+
+	cbDockPane* HitTestPanes( wxRect& rect );
+	cbDockPane* HitTestPanes( wxPoint& pos );
+	bool HitsPane( cbDockPane* pPane, wxRect& rect );
+
+	void CalcOnScreenDims( wxRect& rect );
+
+	int  GetDistanceToPane( cbDockPane* pPane, wxPoint& mousePos );
+
+	bool IsInOtherPane ( wxPoint& mousePos );
+	bool IsInClientArea( wxPoint& mousePos );
+	bool IsInClientArea( wxRect& rect );
+
+	void StickToPane( cbDockPane* pPane, wxPoint& mousePos );
+	void UnstickFromPane( cbDockPane* pPane, wxPoint& mousePos );
+
+	int GetBarWidthInPane( cbDockPane* pPane );
+	int GetBarHeightInPane( cbDockPane* pPane );
+
+	// on-screen hint-tracking related methods
+
+	void StartTracking();
+
+	void DrawHintRect ( wxRect& rect, bool isInClientRect);
+	void EraseHintRect( wxRect& rect, bool isInClientRect);
+
+	void FinishTracking();
+
+	void DoDrawHintRect( wxRect& rect, bool isInClientRect);
+
+	void RectToScr( wxRect& frameRect, wxRect& scrRect );
+
+	void ShowHint( bool prevWasInClient );
+
+public:
+	cbBarDragPlugin(void);
+
+	cbBarDragPlugin( wxFrameLayout* pPanel, int paneMask = wxALL_PANES );
+
+	virtual ~cbBarDragPlugin();
+
+	// handlers for plugin events
+
+	void OnMouseMove( cbMotionEvent& event );
+	void OnLButtonUp( cbLeftUpEvent& event );
+	void OnLButtonDown( cbLeftDownEvent& event );
+	void OnLDblClick( cbLeftDClickEvent& event );
+
+	// handles event, which oriniates from itself
+	void OnDrawHintRect( cbDrawHintRectEvent& event );        
+
+	void OnStartBarDragging( cbStartBarDraggingEvent& event );
+
+	DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+#endif /* __BARDRAGPL_G__ */
+

contrib/include/wx/fl/barhintspl.h

@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        No names yet.
+// Purpose:     Contrib. demo
+// Author:      Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     30/11/98 (my 22th birthday :-)
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Licence:   	wxWindows license
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef __DRAGHINTSPL_G__
+#define __DRAGHINTSPL_G__
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "barhintspl.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/fl/controlbar.h"
+#include "wx/fl/toolwnd.h"
+
+/*
+ * Intercepts bar-decoration and sizing events, draws 3d-hints
+ * around fixed and flexible bars, similar to those in Microsoft DevStudio 6.x
+ */
+
+class cbBarHintsPlugin : public cbPluginBase
+{
+	DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( cbBarHintsPlugin )
+
+protected:
+	cbDockPane* mpPane; // is set up temorarely, while handling event
+
+	cbMiniButton* mBoxes[2];
+
+	bool        mBtnPressed;
+	bool        mClosePressed;
+	cbBarInfo*  mpClickedBar;
+	bool        mDepressed;
+
+protected:
+	// drawing helpers
+
+	void Draw3DBox      ( wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pos, bool pressed );
+	void DrawCloseBox   ( wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pos, bool pressed );
+	void DrawCollapseBox( wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pos, 
+						  bool atLeft, bool disabled, bool pressed );
+
+	void DrawGrooves    ( wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pos, int length );
+
+	void DoDrawHint( wxDC& dc, wxRect& rect, int pos, int boxOfs, int grooveOfs, bool isFixed );
+	
+	void GetHintsLayout( wxRect& rect, cbBarInfo& info, 
+						 int& boxOfs, int& grooveOfs, int& pos );
+
+	int HitTestHints( cbBarInfo& info, const wxPoint& pos );
+
+	void ExcludeHints( wxRect& rect, cbBarInfo& info );
+
+	void CreateBoxes();
+
+public:
+	/* public properties */
+
+	bool mCloseBoxOn;    // default: ON
+	bool mCollapseBoxOn; // default: ON
+	int  mGrooveCount;   // default: 2 (two shaded bars)
+	int  mHintGap;       // default: 5 (pixels from above, below, right and left)
+	int  mXWeight;       // default: 2 (width in pixels of lines which used for drawing cross)
+
+public:
+
+	cbBarHintsPlugin(void);
+
+	cbBarHintsPlugin( wxFrameLayout* pLayout, int paneMask = wxALL_PANES );
+
+    ~cbBarHintsPlugin();
+
+	void SetGrooveCount( int nGrooves );
+
+	void OnInitPlugin();
+
+	// handlers of plugin-events
+
+	void OnSizeBarWindow( cbSizeBarWndEvent& event );
+	void OnDrawBarDecorations( cbDrawBarDecorEvent& event );
+
+	void OnLeftDown( cbLeftDownEvent& event );
+	void OnLeftUp  ( cbLeftUpEvent&   event );
+	void OnMotion  ( cbMotionEvent&   event );
+
+	DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+#endif /* __DRAGHINTSPL_G__ */
+

contrib/include/wx/fl/cbcustom.h

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        No names yet.
+// Purpose:     Contrib. demo
+// Author:      Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     28/10/98
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Licence:   	wxWindows license
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef __CBCUSTOM_G__
+#define __CBCUSTOM_G__
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "cbcustom.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/fl/controlbar.h"
+
+class cbSimpleCustomizationPlugin : public cbPluginBase
+{
+public:
+	DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( cbSimpleCustomizationPlugin )
+
+	int mCustMenuItemId;
+public:
+
+	cbSimpleCustomizationPlugin(void);
+
+	cbSimpleCustomizationPlugin( wxFrameLayout* pPanel, int paneMask = wxALL_PANES );
+
+	// plugin-event handlers
+
+	void OnCustomizeBar( cbCustomizeBarEvent& event );
+
+	void OnCustomizeLayout( cbCustomizeLayoutEvent& event );
+
+	// menu-event handler
+
+	void OnMenuItemSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
+
+	DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+#endif /* __CBCUSTOM_G__ */
+

contrib/include/wx/fl/dynbarhnd.h

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        No names yet.
+// Purpose:     Contrib. demo
+// Author:      Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     23/01/99
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Licence:   	wxWindows license
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef __DYNBARHND_G__
+#define __DYNBARHND_G__
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "dynbarhnd.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/fl/controlbar.h"
+
+#endif /* __DYNBARHND_G__ */
+

contrib/include/wx/fl/dyntbar.h

@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        No names yet.
+// Purpose:     Contrib. demo
+// Author:      Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     ??/10/98
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Licence:   	wxWindows license
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef __DYNTBAR_G__
+#define __DYNTBAR_G__
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "dyntbar.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/tbarbase.h"
+#include "wx/dynarray.h"
+
+// layout item
+
+class wxToolLayoutItem : public wxObject
+{
+public:
+	wxRect    mRect;
+	bool      mIsSeparator;
+};
+
+class wxDynToolInfo;
+
+typedef wxToolLayoutItem* wxToolLayoutItemPtrT;
+typedef wxDynToolInfo*    wxDynToolInfoPtrT;
+
+
+WX_DEFINE_ARRAY( wxToolLayoutItemPtrT, wxLayoutItemArrayT  );
+WX_DEFINE_ARRAY( wxDynToolInfoPtrT,    wxDynToolInfoArrayT );
+
+// base class for layouting algorithm implementations
+
+class LayoutManagerBase
+{
+public:
+	virtual void Layout( const wxSize&       parentDim, 
+						 wxSize&	         resultingDim,
+						 wxLayoutItemArrayT& items,
+						 int		         horizGap,
+ 		                 int		         vertGap   ) = 0;
+
+	virtual ~LayoutManagerBase() {}
+};
+
+// layouts items in left-to-right order from
+// top towards bottom
+
+class BagLayout : public LayoutManagerBase
+{
+public:
+	virtual void Layout( const wxSize&       parentDim, 
+						 wxSize&	         resultingDim,
+						 wxLayoutItemArrayT& items,
+						 int		         horizGap,
+ 		                 int		         vertGap   );
+};
+
+class wxDynToolInfo : public wxToolLayoutItem
+{
+	DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDynToolInfo)
+
+public:
+	wxWindow* mpToolWnd;
+	int       mIndex;
+	wxSize    mRealSize;
+};
+
+// layouting orientations for tools
+
+#define LO_HORIZONTAL    0
+#define LO_VERTICAL      1
+#define LO_FIT_TO_WINDOW 2
+
+// class manages containment and layouting of tool-windows
+
+class wxDynamicToolBar : public wxToolBarBase
+{
+	DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDynamicToolBar)
+protected:
+
+	friend class wxDynamicToolBarSerializer;
+
+	wxDynToolInfoArrayT mTools;
+	LayoutManagerBase*  mpLayoutMan;
+
+protected:
+	virtual void SizeToolWindows();
+
+public: /* public properties */
+
+	int                mSepartorSize; // default: 8
+	int                mVertGap;      // default: 0
+	int                mHorizGap;	  // default: 0
+	
+public:
+	wxDynamicToolBar();
+
+	wxDynamicToolBar(wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+	             const long style = wxNO_BORDER, const int orientation = wxVERTICAL,
+		         const int RowsOrColumns = 1, const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr);
+
+	~wxDynamicToolBar(void);
+
+	bool Create(wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
+				const long style = wxNO_BORDER, const int orientation = wxVERTICAL, const int RowsOrColumns = 1, const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr);
+
+	// overridables
+
+	virtual void AddTool( int toolIndex, 
+                              wxWindow* pToolWindow, 
+                              const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize );
+
+        virtual void AddTool( int toolIndex, 
+                              const wxString& imageFileName,
+                              wxBitmapType imageFileType = wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP,
+                              const wxString& labelText = "", bool alignTextRight = FALSE,
+                              bool isFlat = TRUE );
+        virtual void AddTool( int toolIndex, wxBitmap labelBmp,
+                              const wxString& labelText = "", bool alignTextRight = FALSE,
+                              bool isFlat = TRUE );
+
+	// method from wxToolBarBase (for compatibility), only
+	// first two arguments are valid
+
+  virtual wxToolBarToolBase *AddTool(const int toolIndex, const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxBitmap& pushedBitmap = wxNullBitmap,
+               const bool toggle = FALSE, const long xPos = -1, const long yPos = -1, wxObject *clientData = NULL,
+               const wxString& helpString1 = "", const wxString& helpString2 = "");
+
+	virtual void AddSeparator( wxWindow* pSepartorWnd = NULL );
+
+	wxDynToolInfo* GetToolInfo( int toolIndex );
+
+	void RemveTool( int toolIndex );
+
+	// the default implementation draws shaded line
+	virtual void DrawSeparator( wxDynToolInfo& info, wxDC& dc );
+
+	// see definitions of orientation types
+	virtual bool Layout();
+
+	virtual void GetPreferredDim( const wxSize& givenDim, wxSize& prefDim );
+
+	virtual LayoutManagerBase* CreateDefaulLayout() { return new BagLayout(); }
+
+	virtual void SetLayout( LayoutManagerBase* pLayout );
+
+	virtual void EnableTool(const int toolIndex, const bool enable = TRUE);
+
+	// event handlers
+
+	void OnSize( wxSizeEvent& event );
+	void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
+	void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& event );
+
+	// overriden from wxToolBarBase
+
+	virtual bool Realize(void);
+
+	// stuff from the 2.1.15 
+
+    virtual wxToolBarToolBase *FindToolForPosition(wxCoord x,
+                                                   wxCoord y) const;
+
+
+    virtual bool DoInsertTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool);
+
+    // the tool is still in m_tools list when this function is called, it will
+    // only be deleted from it if it succeeds
+    virtual bool DoDeleteTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool);
+
+    // called when the tools enabled flag changes
+    virtual void DoEnableTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool enable);
+
+    // called when the tool is toggled
+    virtual void DoToggleTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle);
+
+    // called when the tools "can be toggled" flag changes
+    virtual void DoSetToggle(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle);
+
+    // the functions to create toolbar tools
+    virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(int id,
+                                          const wxBitmap& bitmap1,
+                                          const wxBitmap& bitmap2,
+                                          bool toggle,
+                                          wxObject *clientData,
+                                          const wxString& shortHelpString,
+                                          const wxString& longHelpString);
+    virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(wxControl *control);
+
+
+	DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+#endif /* __DYNTBAR_G__ */
+

contrib/include/wx/fl/dyntbarhnd.h

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        No names yet.
+// Purpose:     Contrib. demo
+// Author:      Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     23/01/99
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Licence:   	wxWindows license
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef __DYNTBARHND_G__
+#define __DYNTBARHND_G__
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "dyntbarhnd.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/fl/controlbar.h"
+#include "wx/fl/dyntbar.h"
+
+class cbDynToolBarDimHandler : public cbBarDimHandlerBase
+{
+	DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( cbDynToolBarDimHandler )
+public:
+	void OnChangeBarState(cbBarInfo* pBar, int newState );
+	void OnResizeBar( cbBarInfo* pBar, const wxSize& given, wxSize& preferred );
+};
+
+#endif /* __DYNTBARHND_G__ */
+

contrib/include/wx/fl/frmview.h

@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        No names yet.
+// Purpose:     Contrib. demo
+// Author:      Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     02/01/99
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Licence:   	wxWindows license
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef __FRMVIEW_G__
+#define __FRMVIEW_G__
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "frmview.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/module.h"
+
+#if 0
+#include "wx/fl/objstore.h"
+#endif
+
+class wxObjectStorage;
+
+#include "wx/fl/controlbar.h"
+
+class wxFrameManager;
+
+class wxFrameView : public wxEvtHandler
+{
+protected:
+	wxStringList    mTopMenus;
+	wxFrameLayout*  mpLayout;
+	wxFrameManager* mpFrameMgr;
+	bool            mDoToolUpdates;
+
+	friend class wxFrameManager;
+	friend class wxFrameViewSerializer;	
+
+protected:
+	void OnIdle( wxIdleEvent& event);
+	
+public:
+	wxFrameView();
+	~wxFrameView();
+
+	virtual void Activate();
+	virtual void Deactivate();
+
+	wxFrame* GetParentFrame();
+	wxWindow* GetClientWindow();
+
+	wxFrameManager& GetFrameManager();
+
+	void RegisterMenu( const wxString& topMenuName );
+
+	void CreateLayout();
+	wxFrameLayout* GetLayout();
+	void SetLayout( wxFrameLayout* pLayout );
+	void SetToolUpdates( bool doToolUpdates = TRUE );
+
+
+	// hooks for specific frame-views
+
+	virtual void OnInit() {}
+
+	virtual void OnSerialize( wxObjectStorage& store ) {}
+	virtual void OnActiveate() {}
+	virtual void OnDeactivate() {}
+
+	// imp. is mandatory
+	virtual void OnRecreate() {}
+	virtual void OnInitMenus() {}
+
+	DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+class wxFrame;
+
+class wxFrameManager : wxObject
+{
+protected:
+	wxList       mViews;
+	wxWindow*    mpFrameWnd;
+	int          mActiveViewNo;
+	wxWindow*    mpClientWnd;
+
+#if 0
+	wxObjectStorage mStore;
+#endif
+
+	wxString        mSettingsFile;
+
+protected:
+	void DoSerialize( wxObjectStorage& store );
+	void DestroyViews();
+	int GetViewNo( wxFrameView* pView );
+	void EnableMenusForView( wxFrameView* pView, bool enable );
+	void SyncAllMenus();
+
+public:
+	wxFrameManager();
+	~wxFrameManager();
+
+	// if file name is empty, views are are not saved/loaded
+
+	virtual void Init( wxWindow* pMainFrame, const wxString& settingsFile = "" );
+
+	// synonyms
+	wxFrame* GetParentFrame();
+	wxWindow* GetParentWindow();
+
+	int GetActiveViewNo();
+	wxFrameView* GetActiveView();
+	wxNode* GetActiveViewNode();
+
+	wxFrameView* GetView( int viewNo );
+
+	void SetClinetWindow( wxWindow* pFrameClient ); 
+	wxWindow* GetClientWindow();
+
+	void AddView( wxFrameView* pFrmView );
+	void RemoveView( wxFrameView* pFrmView );
+
+	void ActivateView( int viewNo );
+	void ActivateView( wxFrameView* pFrmView );
+	void DeactivateCurrentView();
+
+	wxObjectStorage& GetObjectStore();
+
+	void SaveViewsNow();
+	bool ReloadViews();
+
+	bool ViewsAreLoaded();
+};
+
+#endif /* __FRMVIEW_G__ */
+

contrib/include/wx/fl/garbagec.h

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        No names yet.
+// Purpose:     Contrib. demo
+// Author:      Aleksandras Gluchovas (@Lithuania)
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     ??/10/98
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Licence:   	wxWindows license
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef __GARBAGEC_G__
+#define __GARBAGEC_G__
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "garbagec.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/list.h"
+
+struct GCItem
+{
+	void*	  mpObj;
+	wxList    mRefs;   // references to other nodes
+};
+
+inline void* gc_node_to_obj( wxNode* pGCNode )
+{
+	return ( (GCItem*) (pGCNode->Data()) )->mpObj;
+}
+
+// class implements extremely slow, but probably one of the most simple GC algorithms
+
+class GarbageCollector
+{
+protected:
+	wxList mAllNodes;
+	wxList mRegularLst;
+	wxList mCycledLst;
+
+	wxNode* FindItemNode( void* pForObj );
+	void    ResolveReferences();
+
+	wxNode* FindReferenceFreeItemNode();
+	void    RemoveReferencesToNode( wxNode* pItemNode );
+	void    DestroyItemList( wxList& lst );
+
+public:
+
+	GarbageCollector() {}
+
+	virtual ~GarbageCollector();
+
+	// prepare data for GC alg.
+
+	virtual void AddObject( void* pObj, int refCnt = 1 );
+	virtual void AddDependency( void* pObj, void* pDependsOnObj );
+
+	// executes GC alg.
+
+	virtual void ArrangeCollection();
+
+	// access results of the alg.
+
+	wxList& GetRegularObjects();
+	wxList& GetCycledObjects();
+
+	// removes all data from GC
+
+	void Reset();
+};
+
+#endif /* __GARBAGEC_G__ */
+

contrib/include/wx/fl/gcupdatesmgr.h

@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        No names yet.
+// Purpose:     Contrib. demo
+// Author:      Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     19/10/98
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Licence:   	wxWindows license
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef __GCUPDATESMGR_G__
+#define __GCUPDATESMGR_G__
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "gcupdatesmgr.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/fl/controlbar.h"
+#include "wx/fl/updatesmgr.h"
+
+#include "wx/fl/garbagec.h"
+
+/*
+ * class implements optimized logic for refreshing
+ * areas of frame layout - which actually need to be updated. 
+ * Is used as default updates-manager by wxFrameLayout.
+ *
+ * it is called "Garbage Collecting" u.mgr for it's implementation
+ * tries to find out dependencies between bars, and to order
+ * them ito "hierarchy", this hierarchical sorting resembles
+ * implemenation of heap-garbage collectors, which resolve
+ * dependencies between references.
+ *
+ * Example: there are situations where the order of moving
+ *          the windows does matter:
+ *
+ *   case 1)                
+ *      ------		    ---
+ *      | A	 |	 	    |B|  
+ *		------	 --->  	| |
+ *			---		   	--- ------ 
+ *			|B|		   		| A  | 
+ *			| |		   		------
+ *			---		   		
+ *						(future)
+ *	   (past)            
+ *
+ *  past/future positions of A and B windows completely overlapp, i.e.
+ *  depend on each other, and there is not solution for
+ *  moving the windows witout refreshing both of them,
+ *  -- we have cyclic dependency here. The gc. alg will
+ *  find this cyclic dependecy and will force "refresh"
+ *  after movement.
+ *
+ *   case 2)
+ *
+ *      ------		                        
+ *      | A	 |	 	                        
+ * 		------	 --->                       
+ * 			---		                  
+ * 			|B|		   		           ------   
+ * 			| |		   		           | A  |   
+ * 			---		   		           ------         
+ *						 ---
+ *						 |B|
+ *						 | |
+ *					     ---
+ *
+ * 						(future)                
+ * 	   (past)       
+ *
+ *  in this case past/future positions do not overlapp, thus
+ *  it's enough only to move windows, without refreshing them.
+ *  GC will "notice" it.
+ *
+ *  there is also third case, when overlapping is partial
+ *  in this case the refershing can be also avoided by
+ *  moving windows in the order of "most-dependant" towards the
+ *  "least-dependent". GC handles this automatically, by
+ *  sorting windows by their dependency-level (or "hierarchy")
+ *
+ *  See garbagec.h for more details of this method, garbagec.h/cpp
+ *  implement sorting of generic-dependencies (does not deal
+ *  with graphical objects directly)
+ *
+ *  Summary: improves performance when complex/large windows are 
+ *           moved around, by reducing number of repaints. Also helps 
+ *           to avoid dirty non-client areas of moved windows
+ *           in some special cases of "overlapping anomalies"
+ */
+
+class cbGCUpdatesMgr : public cbSimpleUpdatesMgr
+{
+	DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( cbGCUpdatesMgr )
+protected:
+
+	GarbageCollector mGC;
+
+	void DoRepositionItems( wxList& items );
+
+	void AddItem( wxList&     itemList,
+				  cbBarInfo*  pBar, 
+		          cbDockPane* pPane,
+				  wxRect&     curBounds,
+				  wxRect&     prevBounds );
+
+public:
+
+	cbGCUpdatesMgr(void) {}
+
+	cbGCUpdatesMgr( wxFrameLayout* pPanel );
+
+	// notificiactions received from Frame Layout :
+
+	virtual void OnStartChanges();
+
+	// refreshes parts of the frame layout, which need an update
+	virtual void UpdateNow();
+};
+
+#endif /* __GCUPDATESMGR_G__ */
+

contrib/include/wx/fl/hintanimpl.h

@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        No names yet.
+// Purpose:     Contrib. demo
+// Author:      Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     9/11/98
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Licence:   	wxWindows license
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef __HINTANIMPL_G__
+#define __HINTANIMPL_G__
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "hintanimpl.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/fl/controlbar.h"
+
+#include "wx/timer.h"
+
+class cbHintAnimTimer;
+
+class cbHintAnimationPlugin : public cbPluginBase
+{
+	DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( cbHintAnimationPlugin )
+protected:
+	friend class cbHintAnimTimer;
+
+	wxScreenDC*      mpScrDc;     // created while tracking hint-rect
+	cbHintAnimTimer* mpAnimTimer;  
+
+	// FOR NOW:: try it without mutually exculisve locks
+	volatile wxRect  mCurRect;
+
+	// state variables
+
+	bool   mAnimStarted;
+	bool   mStopPending;
+
+	bool   mPrevInClient;
+	bool   mCurInClient;
+
+	wxRect mPrevRect;
+
+public:
+	int    mMorphDelay;         // delay between frames in miliseconds,     default: 20
+	int    mMaxFrames;          // number  of iterations for hint morphing, default: 30
+							    // (morph duration = mMorphDelay * mMaxFrames msec)
+
+	int    mInClientHintBorder; // default: 4 pixels
+
+	bool   mAccelerationOn;     // TRUE, if morph accelerates, otherwise morph
+								// speed is constant. Default: TRUE
+
+	// TBD:: get/set methods for above members
+
+protected:
+	void StartTracking();
+
+	void DrawHintRect ( wxRect& rect, bool isInClientRect);
+	void EraseHintRect( wxRect& rect, bool isInClientRect);
+
+	void FinishTracking();
+
+	void DoDrawHintRect( wxRect& rect, bool isInClientRect);
+
+	void RectToScr( wxRect& frameRect, wxRect& scrRect );
+
+public:
+	cbHintAnimationPlugin(void);
+
+	~cbHintAnimationPlugin();
+
+	cbHintAnimationPlugin( wxFrameLayout* pPanel, int paneMask = wxALL_PANES );
+
+	void OnDrawHintRect( cbDrawHintRectEvent& event );        
+
+	DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+
+// helper classes
+
+struct MorphInfoT
+{
+	wxPoint mFrom;
+	wxPoint mTill;
+};
+
+class cbHintAnimTimer : public wxTimer 
+{
+protected:
+
+	friend class cbHintAnimationPlugin;
+
+	wxRect      mPrevMorphed;
+
+	MorphInfoT  mUpperLeft;
+	MorphInfoT  mLowerRight;
+	int         mCurIter;
+
+	long        mLock;
+
+	cbHintAnimationPlugin* mpPl;
+
+	void MorphPoint( wxPoint& origin, MorphInfoT& info, wxPoint& point );
+
+public: 
+
+	cbHintAnimTimer(void);
+
+	virtual void Notify(void);
+
+	virtual bool Init( cbHintAnimationPlugin* pAnimPl, bool reinit );
+};
+
+#endif /* __HINTANIMPL_G__ */
+

contrib/include/wx/fl/newbmpbtn.h

@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        No names yet.
+// Purpose:     Contrib. demo
+// Author:      Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     ??/09/98
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Licence:   	wxWindows license
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef __NEWBMPBTN_G__
+#define __NEWBMPBTN_G__
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "newbmpbtn.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/button.h"
+#include "wx/string.h"
+
+// button lable-text alignment types
+
+#define NB_ALIGN_TEXT_RIGHT  0
+#define NB_ALIGN_TEXT_BOTTOM 1
+#define NB_NO_TEXT           2
+#define NB_NO_IMAGE          3
+
+// classes declared in this header file
+
+class wxNewBitmapButton;
+class wxBorderLessBitmapButton;
+
+// alternative class for wxBmpButton
+
+class wxNewBitmapButton: public wxPanel
+{
+	DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxNewBitmapButton)
+
+protected:
+
+	friend class wxNewBitmapButtonSerializer;
+
+	int      mTextToLabelGap;
+	int      mMarginX;
+	int      mMarginY;
+	int      mTextAlignment;
+	bool     mIsSticky;
+	bool     mIsFlat;
+
+	wxString mLabelText;
+	wxString mImageFileName;
+	wxBitmapType mImageFileType;
+
+	wxBitmap mDepressedBmp; // source image for rendering
+	                        // labels for particular state
+
+	wxBitmap mFocusedBmp;   // may not be always present -
+							// only if mHasFocusedBmp is TRUE
+
+	wxBitmap* mpDepressedImg;
+	wxBitmap* mpPressedImg;
+	wxBitmap* mpDisabledImg;
+	wxBitmap* mpFocusedImg;
+
+	// button state variables;
+	bool      mDragStarted;
+	bool      mIsPressed; 
+	bool      mIsInFocus;
+	bool      mPrevPressedState;
+	bool	  mPrevInFocusState;
+
+	bool      mHasFocusedBmp;
+
+	// type of event which is fired upon depression of this button
+	int       mFiredEventType;
+
+	// pens for drawing decorations (borders)
+	wxPen     mBlackPen;
+	wxPen     mDarkPen;
+	wxPen     mGrayPen;
+	wxPen     mLightPen;
+
+	bool      mIsCreated;
+	int       mSizeIsSet;
+
+protected:
+	void DestroyLabels();
+
+	// returns the label which match the current button state
+	virtual wxBitmap* GetStateLabel();
+
+	virtual void DrawShade( int outerLevel,
+							wxDC&  dc,
+		                    wxPen& upperLeftSidePen,
+						    wxPen& lowerRightSidePen );
+
+	bool IsInWindow( int x,int y );
+
+public:
+
+	wxNewBitmapButton( const wxBitmap& labelBitmap = wxNullBitmap, 
+					   const wxString& labelText   = "",
+		               int   alignText             = NB_ALIGN_TEXT_BOTTOM,
+					   bool  isFlat                = TRUE,
+					   // this is the default type of fired events
+					   int firedEventType = wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED,
+					   int marginX        = 2,
+	                   int marginY        = 2,
+					   int textToLabelGap = 2,
+					   bool isSticky      = FALSE
+		             );
+
+	// use this constructor if buttons have to be persistant 
+	 
+	wxNewBitmapButton( const wxString& bitmapFileName,
+                           const wxBitmapType     bitmapFileType = wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP,
+                           const wxString& labelText      = "",
+                           int alignText                  = NB_ALIGN_TEXT_BOTTOM,
+                           bool  isFlat                   = TRUE,
+                           // this is the default type of fired events
+                           int firedEventType = wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED,
+                           int marginX        = 2,
+                           int marginY        = 2,
+                           int textToLabelGap = 2,
+                           bool isSticky      = FALSE
+                             );
+
+	~wxNewBitmapButton();
+
+	// should be called after Create();
+	virtual void Reshape();
+
+	// overridables
+	virtual void SetLabel(const wxBitmap& labelBitmap, const wxString& labelText = "" );
+	
+	virtual void SetAlignments( int alignText = NB_ALIGN_TEXT_BOTTOM,
+								int marginX        = 2,
+								int marginY        = 2,
+								int textToLabelGap = 2);
+
+	virtual void DrawDecorations( wxDC& dc );
+	virtual void DrawLabel( wxDC& dc );
+
+	virtual void RenderLabelImage( wxBitmap*& destBmp, wxBitmap* srcBmp, 
+								   bool isEnabled = TRUE,
+								   bool isPressed = FALSE);
+
+	virtual void RenderLabelImages();
+	virtual void RenderAllLabelImages();
+
+	// event handlers
+	void OnLButtonDown( wxMouseEvent& event );
+	void OnLButtonUp( wxMouseEvent& event );
+	void OnMouseMove( wxMouseEvent& event );
+	void OnSize( wxSizeEvent& event );
+	void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
+	void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& event );
+	void OnKillFocus( wxFocusEvent& event );
+
+	DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+#endif /* __NEWBMPBTN_G__ */
+

contrib/include/wx/fl/panedrawpl.h

@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name:        No names yet.
+// Purpose:     Central header file for control-bar related classes
+//
+// Author:      Aleksandras Gluchovas <mailto:alex@soften.ktu.lt>
+// Modified by:
+// Created:     06/09/98
+// RCS-ID:      $Id$
+// Copyright:   (c) Aleksandras Gluchovas
+// Licence:   	wxWindows license
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef __PANEDRAWPL_G__
+#define __PANEDRAWPL_G__
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+    #pragma interface "panedrawpl.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/fl/controlbar.h"
+
+/*
+ * Simple, but all-in-one plugin implementation. Resembles look & feel of
+ * to MFC control-bars. Handles painting of pane and items in it.
+ * Fires bar/layout customization event, when user right-clicks bar/pane. 
+ * Hooking an instance of this and row-layouting plugins per each pane, 
+ * would be enough for the frame layout to function properly.
+ * (they are plugged in autimatically by wxFrameLayout class)
+ */
+
+class cbPaneDrawPlugin : public cbPluginBase
+{
+public:
+	DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( cbPaneDrawPlugin )
+protected:
+
+	// resizing bars/rows state variables
+	bool           mResizeStarted;
+	bool           mResizeCursorOn;
+	wxPoint        mDragOrigin;
+
+	cbBarInfo*     mpDraggedBar; // also used when in bar-drag action
+	cbRowInfo*     mpResizedRow;
+
+	bool           mRowHandleHitted;
+	bool           mIsUpperHandle;
+	bool           mBarHandleHitted;
+	bool           mIsLeftHandle;
+	bool           mBarContentHitted;
+
+	// contstraints for dragging the handle
+	wxRect         mHandleDragArea; 
+	bool           mHandleIsVertical;
+	int            mHandleOfs;
+	int            mDraggedDelta;
+	wxPoint        mPrevPos;
+
+	// used for handling, start-draw-in-area events
+	wxClientDC*    mpClntDc;      
+
+	cbDockPane*    mpPane; // is set up temorary short-cut, while handling event
+
+protected:
+	// helpers
+	void DrawDraggedHandle( const wxPoint& pos, cbDockPane& pane );
+
+	virtual void DrawPaneShade( wxDC& dc, int alignment );
+	virtual void DrawPaneShadeForRow( cbRowInfo* pRow, wxDC& dc );
+
+	virtual void DrawUpperRowHandle( cbRowInfo* pRow, wxDC& dc );
+	virtual void DrawLowerRowHandle( cbRowInfo* pRow, wxDC& dc );
+
+	virtual void DrawUpperRowShades( cbRowInfo* pRow, wxDC& dc, int level );
+	virtual void DrawLowerRowShades( cbRowInfo* pRow, wxDC& dc, int level );
+
+	virtual void DrawBarInnerShadeRect( cbBarInfo* pBar, wxDC& dc );
+
+	virtual void DrawShade( int level, wxRect& rect, int alignment, wxDC& dc );
+	virtual void DrawShade1( int level, wxRect& rect, int alignment, wxDC& dc );
+
+	inline void SetLightPixel( int x, int y, wxDC& dc );
+	inline void SetDarkPixel ( int x, int y, wxDC& dc );
+
+public:
+	cbPaneDrawPlugin(void);
+
+	cbPaneDrawPlugin( wxFrameLayout* pPanel, int paneMask = wxALL_PANES );
+
+	virtual ~cbPaneDrawPlugin();
+
+	virtual cbPluginBase* Clone() { return new cbPaneDrawPlugin(0,0); }
+
+	// handlers for plugin-events
+
+	void OnLButtonDown( cbLeftDownEvent&   event );
+	void OnLDblClick  ( cbLeftDClickEvent& event );
+	void OnLButtonUp  ( cbLeftUpEvent&     event );
+	void OnRButtonUp  ( cbRightUpEvent&    event );
+	void OnMouseMove  ( cbMotionEvent&     event );
+
+	void OnDrawPaneBackground ( cbDrawPaneBkGroundEvent& event );
+	void OnDrawPaneDecorations( cbDrawPaneDecorEvent&    event );
+
+	void OnDrawRowDecorations ( cbDrawRowDecorEvent&     event );
+	void OnDrawRowHandles     ( cbDrawRowHandlesEvent&   event );
+	void OnDrawRowBackground  ( cbDrawRowBkGroundEvent&  event );
+							  
+	void OnSizeBarWindow      ( cbSizeBarWndEvent&       event );
+	void OnDrawBarDecorations ( cbDrawBarDecorEvent&     event );
+	void OnDrawBarHandles     ( cbDrawBarHandlesEvent&   event );
+
+	void OnStartDrawInArea    ( cbStartDrawInAreaEvent&  event );
+	void OnFinishDrawInArea   ( cbFinishDrawInAreaEvent& event );
+
+	DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
+};
+
+#endif /* __PANEDRAWPL_G__ */
+